mirror of
				https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/libxml2.git
				synced 2025-11-03 20:33:18 +03:00 
			
		
		
		
	Makefile.am:
* Don't use @VAR@, use $(VAR). Autoconf's AC_SUBST provides us the Make
   variable, it allows overriding the value at the command line, and
   (notably) it avoids a Make parse error in the libxml2_la_LDFLAGS
   assignment when @MODULE_PLATFORM_LIBS@ is empty
* Changed how the THREADS_W32 mechanism switches the build between
   testThreads.c and testThreadsWin32.c as appropriate; using AM_CONDITIONAL
   allows this to work cleanly and plays well with dependencies
* testapi.c should be specified as BUILT_SOURCES
* Create symlinks to the test/ and result/ subdirs so that the runtests
   target is usable in out-of-source-tree builds
* Don't do MAKEFLAGS+=--silent as this is not portable to non-GNU Makes
* Fixed incorrect find(1) syntax in the "cleanup" rule, and doing "rm -f"
   instead of just "rm" is good form
* (DIST)CLEANFILES needed a bit more coverage to allow "make distcheck" to
   pass
configure.in:
* Need AC_PROG_LN_S to create test/ and result/ symlinks in Makefile.am
* AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL and AM_PROG_LIBTOOL are obsolete; these have been
   superceded by LT_INIT
* Don't rebuild docs by default, as this requires GNU Make (as
   implemented)
* Check for uint32_t as some platforms don't provide it
* Check for some more functions, and undefine HAVE_MMAP if we don't also
   HAVE_MUNMAP (one system I tested on actually needed this)
* Changed THREADS_W32 from a filename insert into an Automake conditional
* The "Copyright" file will not be in the current directory if builddir !=
   srcdir
doc/Makefile.am:
* EXTRA_DIST cannot use wildcards when they refer to generated files; this
   breaks dependencies. What I did was define EXTRA_DIST_wc, which uses GNU
   Make $(wildcard) directives to build up a list of files, and EXTRA_DIST,
   as a literal expansion of EXTRA_DIST_wc. I also added a new rule,
   "check-extra-dist", to simplify checking that the two variables are
   equivalent. (Note that this works only when builddir == srcdir)
   (I can implement this differently if desired; this is just one way of
   doing it)
* Don't define an "all" target; this steps on Automake's toes
* Fixed up the "libxml2-api.xml ..." rule by using $(wildcard) for
   dependencies (as Make doesn't process the wildcards otherwise) and
   qualifying appropriate files with $(srcdir)
   (Note that $(srcdir) is not needed in the dependencies, thanks to VPATH,
   which we can count on as this is GNU-Make-only code anyway)
doc/devhelp/Makefile.am:
* Qualified appropriate files with $(srcdir)
* Added an "uninstall-local" rule so that "make distcheck" passes
doc/examples/Makefile.am:
* Rather than use a wildcard that doesn't work, use a substitution that
   most Make programs can handle
doc/examples/index.py:
* Do the same here
include/libxml/nanoftp.h:
* Some platforms (e.g. MSVC 6) already #define INVALID_SOCKET:
     user@host:/cygdrive/c/Program Files/Microsoft Visual Studio/VC98/\
     Include$ grep -R INVALID_SOCKET .
     ./WINSOCK.H:#define INVALID_SOCKET  (SOCKET)(~0)
     ./WINSOCK2.H:#define INVALID_SOCKET  (SOCKET)(~0)
include/libxml/xmlversion.h.in:
* Support ancient GCCs (I was actually able to build the library with 2.5
   but for this bit)
python/Makefile.am:
* Expanded CLEANFILES to allow "make distcheck" to pass
python/tests/Makefile.am:
* Define CLEANFILES instead of a "clean" rule, and added tmp.xml to allow
   "make distcheck" to pass
testRelax.c:
* Use HAVE_MMAP instead of the less explicit HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H (as some
   systems have the header but not the function)
testSchemas.c:
* Use HAVE_MMAP instead of the less explicit HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
testapi.c:
* Don't use putenv() if it's not available
threads.c:
* This fixes the following build error on Solaris 8:
     libtool: compile:  cc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I. -I./include -I./include \
     -D_REENTRANT -D__EXTENSIONS__ -D_REENTRANT -Dsparc -Xa -mt -v \
     -xarch=v9 -xcrossfile -xO5 -c threads.c  -KPIC -DPIC -o threads.o
     "threads.c", line 442: controlling expressions must have scalar type
     "threads.c", line 512: controlling expressions must have scalar type
     cc: acomp failed for threads.c
     *** Error code 1
trio.c:
* Define isascii() if the system doesn't provide it
trio.h:
* The trio library's HAVE_CONFIG_H header is not the same as LibXML2's
   HAVE_CONFIG_H header; this change is needed to avoid a double-inclusion
win32/configure.js:
* Added support for the LZMA compression option
win32/Makefile.{bcb,mingw,msvc}:
* Added appropriate bits to support WITH_LZMA=1
* Install the header files under $(INCPREFIX)\libxml2\libxml instead of
   $(INCPREFIX)\libxml, to mirror the install location on Unix+Autotools
xml2-config.in:
* @MODULE_PLATFORM_LIBS@ (usually "-ldl") needs to be in there in order for
   `xml2-config --libs` to provide a complete set of dependencies
xmllint.c:
* Use HAVE_MMAP instead of the less-explicit HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
		
	
		
			
				
	
	
		
			6874 lines
		
	
	
		
			156 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6874 lines
		
	
	
		
			156 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * $Id$
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Copyright (C) 1998 Bjorn Reese and Daniel Stenberg.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
 | 
						|
 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 | 
						|
 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
 | 
						|
 * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 | 
						|
 * MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE AUTHORS AND
 | 
						|
 * CONTRIBUTORS ACCEPT NO RESPONSIBILITY IN ANY CONCEIVABLE MANNER.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * A note to trio contributors:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Avoid heap allocation at all costs to ensure that the trio functions
 | 
						|
 * are async-safe. The exceptions are the printf/fprintf functions, which
 | 
						|
 * uses fputc, and the asprintf functions and the <alloc> modifier, which
 | 
						|
 * by design are required to allocate form the heap.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 ************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * TODO:
 | 
						|
 *  - Scan is probably too permissive about its modifiers.
 | 
						|
 *  - C escapes in %#[] ?
 | 
						|
 *  - Multibyte characters (done for format parsing, except scan groups)
 | 
						|
 *  - Complex numbers? (C99 _Complex)
 | 
						|
 *  - Boolean values? (C99 _Bool)
 | 
						|
 *  - C99 NaN(n-char-sequence) missing. The n-char-sequence can be used
 | 
						|
 *    to print the mantissa, e.g. NaN(0xc000000000000000)
 | 
						|
 *  - Should we support the GNU %a alloc modifier? GNU has an ugly hack
 | 
						|
 *    for %a, because C99 used %a for other purposes. If specified as
 | 
						|
 *    %as or %a[ it is interpreted as the alloc modifier, otherwise as
 | 
						|
 *    the C99 hex-float. This means that you cannot scan %as as a hex-float
 | 
						|
 *    immediately followed by an 's'.
 | 
						|
 *  - Scanning of collating symbols.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * Trio include files
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#include "triodef.h"
 | 
						|
#include "trio.h"
 | 
						|
#include "triop.h"
 | 
						|
#include "trionan.h"
 | 
						|
#if !defined(TRIO_MINIMAL)
 | 
						|
# include "triostr.h"
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Definitions
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include <math.h>
 | 
						|
#include <limits.h>
 | 
						|
#include <float.h>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if (defined(__STDC_ISO_10646__) || defined(MB_LEN_MAX) \
 | 
						|
     || defined(USE_MULTIBYTE) || TRIO_WIDECHAR) \
 | 
						|
    && !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
 | 
						|
# define TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE
 | 
						|
# if !defined(MB_LEN_MAX)
 | 
						|
#  define MB_LEN_MAX 6
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if (defined(TRIO_COMPILER_MSVC) && (_MSC_VER >= 1100)) || defined(TRIO_COMPILER_BCB)
 | 
						|
# define TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MSVC_INT
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
 | 
						|
#include <wincecompat.h>
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * Generic definitions
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if !(defined(DEBUG) || defined(NDEBUG))
 | 
						|
# define NDEBUG
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include <assert.h>
 | 
						|
#include <ctype.h>
 | 
						|
#if !defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_C99)
 | 
						|
# define isblank(x) (((x)==32) || ((x)==9))
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_ANCIENT)
 | 
						|
# include <varargs.h>
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# include <stdarg.h>
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#include <stddef.h>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
 | 
						|
#include <errno.h>
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef NULL
 | 
						|
# define NULL 0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#define NIL ((char)0)
 | 
						|
#ifndef FALSE
 | 
						|
# define FALSE (1 == 0)
 | 
						|
# define TRUE (! FALSE)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#define BOOLEAN_T int
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* mincore() can be used for debugging purposes */
 | 
						|
#define VALID(x) (NULL != (x))
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_ERRORS
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * Encode the error code and the position. This is decoded
 | 
						|
   * with TRIO_ERROR_CODE and TRIO_ERROR_POSITION.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
# define TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(x,y) (- ((x) + ((y) << 8)))
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(x,y) (-1)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef unsigned long trio_flags_t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * Platform specific definitions
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX)
 | 
						|
# include <unistd.h>
 | 
						|
# include <signal.h>
 | 
						|
# include <locale.h>
 | 
						|
# define USE_LOCALE
 | 
						|
#endif /* TRIO_PLATFORM_UNIX */
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_PLATFORM_VMS)
 | 
						|
# include <unistd.h>
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_PLATFORM_WIN32)
 | 
						|
# if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
 | 
						|
#  include <wincecompat.h>
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
#  include <io.h>
 | 
						|
#  define read _read
 | 
						|
#  define write _write
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif /* TRIO_PLATFORM_WIN32 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_WIDECHAR
 | 
						|
# if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_ISO94)
 | 
						|
#  include <wchar.h>
 | 
						|
#  include <wctype.h>
 | 
						|
typedef wchar_t trio_wchar_t;
 | 
						|
typedef wint_t trio_wint_t;
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
typedef char trio_wchar_t;
 | 
						|
typedef int trio_wint_t;
 | 
						|
#  define WCONST(x) L ## x
 | 
						|
#  define WEOF EOF
 | 
						|
#  define iswalnum(x) isalnum(x)
 | 
						|
#  define iswalpha(x) isalpha(x)
 | 
						|
#  define iswblank(x) isblank(x)
 | 
						|
#  define iswcntrl(x) iscntrl(x)
 | 
						|
#  define iswdigit(x) isdigit(x)
 | 
						|
#  define iswgraph(x) isgraph(x)
 | 
						|
#  define iswlower(x) islower(x)
 | 
						|
#  define iswprint(x) isprint(x)
 | 
						|
#  define iswpunct(x) ispunct(x)
 | 
						|
#  define iswspace(x) isspace(x)
 | 
						|
#  define iswupper(x) isupper(x)
 | 
						|
#  define iswxdigit(x) isxdigit(x)
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * Compiler dependent definitions
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Support for long long */
 | 
						|
#ifndef __cplusplus
 | 
						|
# if !defined(USE_LONGLONG)
 | 
						|
#  if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_GCC) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
 | 
						|
#   define USE_LONGLONG
 | 
						|
#  elif defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUNPRO)
 | 
						|
#   define USE_LONGLONG
 | 
						|
#  elif defined(_LONG_LONG) || defined(_LONGLONG)
 | 
						|
#   define USE_LONGLONG
 | 
						|
#  endif
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The extra long numbers */
 | 
						|
#if defined(USE_LONGLONG)
 | 
						|
typedef signed long long int trio_longlong_t;
 | 
						|
typedef unsigned long long int trio_ulonglong_t;
 | 
						|
#elif defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MSVC_INT)
 | 
						|
typedef signed __int64 trio_longlong_t;
 | 
						|
typedef unsigned __int64 trio_ulonglong_t;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
typedef TRIO_SIGNED long int trio_longlong_t;
 | 
						|
typedef unsigned long int trio_ulonglong_t;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Maximal and fixed integer types */
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_C99)
 | 
						|
# include <stdint.h>
 | 
						|
typedef intmax_t trio_intmax_t;
 | 
						|
typedef uintmax_t trio_uintmax_t;
 | 
						|
typedef int8_t trio_int8_t;
 | 
						|
typedef int16_t trio_int16_t;
 | 
						|
typedef int32_t trio_int32_t;
 | 
						|
typedef int64_t trio_int64_t;
 | 
						|
#elif defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_UNIX98)
 | 
						|
# include <inttypes.h>
 | 
						|
typedef intmax_t trio_intmax_t;
 | 
						|
typedef uintmax_t trio_uintmax_t;
 | 
						|
typedef int8_t trio_int8_t;
 | 
						|
typedef int16_t trio_int16_t;
 | 
						|
typedef int32_t trio_int32_t;
 | 
						|
typedef int64_t trio_int64_t;
 | 
						|
#elif defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MSVC_INT)
 | 
						|
typedef trio_longlong_t trio_intmax_t;
 | 
						|
typedef trio_ulonglong_t trio_uintmax_t;
 | 
						|
typedef __int8 trio_int8_t;
 | 
						|
typedef __int16 trio_int16_t;
 | 
						|
typedef __int32 trio_int32_t;
 | 
						|
typedef __int64 trio_int64_t;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
typedef trio_longlong_t trio_intmax_t;
 | 
						|
typedef trio_ulonglong_t trio_uintmax_t;
 | 
						|
# if defined(TRIO_INT8_T)
 | 
						|
typedef TRIO_INT8_T trio_int8_t;
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
typedef TRIO_SIGNED char trio_int8_t;
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
# if defined(TRIO_INT16_T)
 | 
						|
typedef TRIO_INT16_T trio_int16_t;
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
typedef TRIO_SIGNED short trio_int16_t;
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
# if defined(TRIO_INT32_T)
 | 
						|
typedef TRIO_INT32_T trio_int32_t;
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
typedef TRIO_SIGNED int trio_int32_t;
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
# if defined(TRIO_INT64_T)
 | 
						|
typedef TRIO_INT64_T trio_int64_t;
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
typedef trio_longlong_t trio_int64_t;
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if (!(defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_C99) \
 | 
						|
 || defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_UNIX01))) \
 | 
						|
 && !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
 | 
						|
# define floorl(x) floor((double)(x))
 | 
						|
# define fmodl(x,y) fmod((double)(x),(double)(y))
 | 
						|
# define powl(x,y) pow((double)(x),(double)(y))
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define TRIO_FABS(x) (((x) < 0.0) ? -(x) : (x))
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * Internal Definitions
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef DECIMAL_DIG
 | 
						|
# define DECIMAL_DIG DBL_DIG
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Long double sizes */
 | 
						|
#ifdef LDBL_DIG
 | 
						|
# define MAX_MANTISSA_DIGITS LDBL_DIG
 | 
						|
# define MAX_EXPONENT_DIGITS 4
 | 
						|
# define MAX_DOUBLE_DIGITS LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
# define MAX_MANTISSA_DIGITS DECIMAL_DIG
 | 
						|
# define MAX_EXPONENT_DIGITS 3
 | 
						|
# define MAX_DOUBLE_DIGITS DBL_MAX_10_EXP
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_ANCIENT) || !defined(LDBL_DIG)
 | 
						|
# undef LDBL_DIG
 | 
						|
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
 | 
						|
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
 | 
						|
# define LDBL_DIG DBL_DIG
 | 
						|
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG DBL_MANT_DIG
 | 
						|
# define LDBL_EPSILON DBL_EPSILON
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The maximal number of digits is for base 2 */
 | 
						|
#define MAX_CHARS_IN(x) (sizeof(x) * CHAR_BIT)
 | 
						|
/* The width of a pointer. The number of bits in a hex digit is 4 */
 | 
						|
#define POINTER_WIDTH ((sizeof("0x") - 1) + sizeof(trio_pointer_t) * CHAR_BIT / 4)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Infinite and Not-A-Number for floating-point */
 | 
						|
#define INFINITE_LOWER "inf"
 | 
						|
#define INFINITE_UPPER "INF"
 | 
						|
#define LONG_INFINITE_LOWER "infinite"
 | 
						|
#define LONG_INFINITE_UPPER "INFINITE"
 | 
						|
#define NAN_LOWER "nan"
 | 
						|
#define NAN_UPPER "NAN"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if !defined(HAVE_ISASCII) && !defined(isascii)
 | 
						|
#  define isascii(x) ((unsigned int)(x) < 128)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Various constants */
 | 
						|
enum {
 | 
						|
  TYPE_PRINT = 1,
 | 
						|
  TYPE_SCAN  = 2,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Flags. FLAGS_LAST must be less than ULONG_MAX */
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_NEW                 = 0,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_STICKY              = 1,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_SPACE               = 2 * FLAGS_STICKY,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_SHOWSIGN            = 2 * FLAGS_SPACE,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_LEFTADJUST          = 2 * FLAGS_SHOWSIGN,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE         = 2 * FLAGS_LEFTADJUST,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_SHORT               = 2 * FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_SHORTSHORT          = 2 * FLAGS_SHORT,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_LONG                = 2 * FLAGS_SHORTSHORT,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_QUAD                = 2 * FLAGS_LONG,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE          = 2 * FLAGS_QUAD,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_SIZE_T              = 2 * FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_PTRDIFF_T           = 2 * FLAGS_SIZE_T,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_INTMAX_T            = 2 * FLAGS_PTRDIFF_T,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_NILPADDING          = 2 * FLAGS_INTMAX_T,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_UNSIGNED            = 2 * FLAGS_NILPADDING,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_UPPER               = 2 * FLAGS_UNSIGNED,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_WIDTH               = 2 * FLAGS_UPPER,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_WIDTH_PARAMETER     = 2 * FLAGS_WIDTH,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_PRECISION           = 2 * FLAGS_WIDTH_PARAMETER,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_PRECISION_PARAMETER = 2 * FLAGS_PRECISION,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_BASE                = 2 * FLAGS_PRECISION_PARAMETER,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_BASE_PARAMETER      = 2 * FLAGS_BASE,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_FLOAT_E             = 2 * FLAGS_BASE_PARAMETER,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_FLOAT_G             = 2 * FLAGS_FLOAT_E,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_QUOTE               = 2 * FLAGS_FLOAT_G,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_WIDECHAR            = 2 * FLAGS_QUOTE,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_ALLOC               = 2 * FLAGS_WIDECHAR,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_IGNORE              = 2 * FLAGS_ALLOC,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_IGNORE_PARAMETER    = 2 * FLAGS_IGNORE,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_VARSIZE_PARAMETER   = 2 * FLAGS_IGNORE_PARAMETER,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_FIXED_SIZE          = 2 * FLAGS_VARSIZE_PARAMETER,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_LAST                = FLAGS_FIXED_SIZE,
 | 
						|
  /* Reused flags */
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_EXCLUDE             = FLAGS_SHORT,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_USER_DEFINED        = FLAGS_IGNORE,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_ROUNDING            = FLAGS_INTMAX_T,
 | 
						|
  /* Compounded flags */
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_ALL_VARSIZES        = FLAGS_LONG | FLAGS_QUAD | FLAGS_INTMAX_T | FLAGS_PTRDIFF_T | FLAGS_SIZE_T,
 | 
						|
  FLAGS_ALL_SIZES           = FLAGS_ALL_VARSIZES | FLAGS_SHORTSHORT | FLAGS_SHORT,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NO_POSITION  = -1,
 | 
						|
  NO_WIDTH     =  0,
 | 
						|
  NO_PRECISION = -1,
 | 
						|
  NO_SIZE      = -1,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Do not change these */
 | 
						|
  NO_BASE      = -1,
 | 
						|
  MIN_BASE     =  2,
 | 
						|
  MAX_BASE     = 36,
 | 
						|
  BASE_BINARY  =  2,
 | 
						|
  BASE_OCTAL   =  8,
 | 
						|
  BASE_DECIMAL = 10,
 | 
						|
  BASE_HEX     = 16,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Maximal number of allowed parameters */
 | 
						|
  MAX_PARAMETERS = 64,
 | 
						|
  /* Maximal number of characters in class */
 | 
						|
  MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS = UCHAR_MAX + 1,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Maximal string lengths for user-defined specifiers */
 | 
						|
  MAX_USER_NAME = 64,
 | 
						|
  MAX_USER_DATA = 256,
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Maximal length of locale separator strings */
 | 
						|
  MAX_LOCALE_SEPARATOR_LENGTH = MB_LEN_MAX,
 | 
						|
  /* Maximal number of integers in grouping */
 | 
						|
  MAX_LOCALE_GROUPS = 64,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Initial size of asprintf buffer */
 | 
						|
  DYNAMIC_START_SIZE = 32
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define NO_GROUPING ((int)CHAR_MAX)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Fundamental formatting parameter types */
 | 
						|
#define FORMAT_UNKNOWN   0
 | 
						|
#define FORMAT_INT       1
 | 
						|
#define FORMAT_DOUBLE    2
 | 
						|
#define FORMAT_CHAR      3
 | 
						|
#define FORMAT_STRING    4
 | 
						|
#define FORMAT_POINTER   5
 | 
						|
#define FORMAT_COUNT     6
 | 
						|
#define FORMAT_PARAMETER 7
 | 
						|
#define FORMAT_GROUP     8
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_GNU
 | 
						|
# define FORMAT_ERRNO    9
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
# define FORMAT_USER_DEFINED 10
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Character constants */
 | 
						|
#define CHAR_IDENTIFIER '%'
 | 
						|
#define CHAR_BACKSLASH '\\'
 | 
						|
#define CHAR_QUOTE '\"'
 | 
						|
#define CHAR_ADJUST ' '
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Character class expressions */
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_ALNUM "[:alnum:]"
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_ALPHA "[:alpha:]"
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_BLANK "[:blank:]"
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_CNTRL "[:cntrl:]"
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_DIGIT "[:digit:]"
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_GRAPH "[:graph:]"
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_LOWER "[:lower:]"
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_PRINT "[:print:]"
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_PUNCT "[:punct:]"
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_SPACE "[:space:]"
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_UPPER "[:upper:]"
 | 
						|
#define CLASS_XDIGIT "[:xdigit:]"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * SPECIFIERS:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * a  Hex-float
 | 
						|
 * A  Hex-float
 | 
						|
 * c  Character
 | 
						|
 * C  Widechar character (wint_t)
 | 
						|
 * d  Decimal
 | 
						|
 * e  Float
 | 
						|
 * E  Float
 | 
						|
 * F  Float
 | 
						|
 * F  Float
 | 
						|
 * g  Float
 | 
						|
 * G  Float
 | 
						|
 * i  Integer
 | 
						|
 * m  Error message
 | 
						|
 * n  Count
 | 
						|
 * o  Octal
 | 
						|
 * p  Pointer
 | 
						|
 * s  String
 | 
						|
 * S  Widechar string (wchar_t *)
 | 
						|
 * u  Unsigned
 | 
						|
 * x  Hex
 | 
						|
 * X  Hex
 | 
						|
 * [] Group
 | 
						|
 * <> User-defined
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Reserved:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * D  Binary Coded Decimal %D(length,precision) (OS/390)
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_CHAR 'c'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_STRING 's'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_DECIMAL 'd'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_INTEGER 'i'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_UNSIGNED 'u'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_OCTAL 'o'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_HEX 'x'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_HEX_UPPER 'X'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_FLOAT_E 'e'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_FLOAT_E_UPPER 'E'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_FLOAT_F 'f'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_FLOAT_F_UPPER 'F'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_FLOAT_G 'g'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_FLOAT_G_UPPER 'G'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_POINTER 'p'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_GROUP '['
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_UNGROUP ']'
 | 
						|
#define SPECIFIER_COUNT 'n'
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_UNIX98
 | 
						|
# define SPECIFIER_CHAR_UPPER 'C'
 | 
						|
# define SPECIFIER_STRING_UPPER 'S'
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_C99
 | 
						|
# define SPECIFIER_HEXFLOAT 'a'
 | 
						|
# define SPECIFIER_HEXFLOAT_UPPER 'A'
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_GNU
 | 
						|
# define SPECIFIER_ERRNO 'm'
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
# define SPECIFIER_BINARY 'b'
 | 
						|
# define SPECIFIER_BINARY_UPPER 'B'
 | 
						|
# define SPECIFIER_USER_DEFINED_BEGIN '<'
 | 
						|
# define SPECIFIER_USER_DEFINED_END '>'
 | 
						|
# define SPECIFIER_USER_DEFINED_SEPARATOR ':'
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * QUALIFIERS:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Numbers = d,i,o,u,x,X
 | 
						|
 * Float = a,A,e,E,f,F,g,G
 | 
						|
 * String = s
 | 
						|
 * Char = c
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * 9$ Position
 | 
						|
 *      Use the 9th parameter. 9 can be any number between 1 and
 | 
						|
 *      the maximal argument
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * 9 Width
 | 
						|
 *      Set width to 9. 9 can be any number, but must not be postfixed
 | 
						|
 *      by '$'
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * h  Short
 | 
						|
 *    Numbers:
 | 
						|
 *      (unsigned) short int
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * hh Short short
 | 
						|
 *    Numbers:
 | 
						|
 *      (unsigned) char
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * l  Long
 | 
						|
 *    Numbers:
 | 
						|
 *      (unsigned) long int
 | 
						|
 *    String:
 | 
						|
 *      as the S specifier
 | 
						|
 *    Char:
 | 
						|
 *      as the C specifier
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * ll Long Long
 | 
						|
 *    Numbers:
 | 
						|
 *      (unsigned) long long int
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * L  Long Double
 | 
						|
 *    Float
 | 
						|
 *      long double
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * #  Alternative
 | 
						|
 *    Float:
 | 
						|
 *      Decimal-point is always present
 | 
						|
 *    String:
 | 
						|
 *      non-printable characters are handled as \number
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *    Spacing
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * +  Sign
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * -  Alignment
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * .  Precision
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * *  Parameter
 | 
						|
 *    print: use parameter
 | 
						|
 *    scan: no parameter (ignore)
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * q  Quad
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Z  size_t
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * w  Widechar
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * '  Thousands/quote
 | 
						|
 *    Numbers:
 | 
						|
 *      Integer part grouped in thousands
 | 
						|
 *    Binary numbers:
 | 
						|
 *      Number grouped in nibbles (4 bits)
 | 
						|
 *    String:
 | 
						|
 *      Quoted string
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * j  intmax_t
 | 
						|
 * t  prtdiff_t
 | 
						|
 * z  size_t
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * !  Sticky
 | 
						|
 * @  Parameter (for both print and scan)
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * I  n-bit Integer
 | 
						|
 *    Numbers:
 | 
						|
 *      The following options exists
 | 
						|
 *        I8  = 8-bit integer
 | 
						|
 *        I16 = 16-bit integer
 | 
						|
 *        I32 = 32-bit integer
 | 
						|
 *        I64 = 64-bit integer
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#define QUALIFIER_POSITION '$'
 | 
						|
#define QUALIFIER_SHORT 'h'
 | 
						|
#define QUALIFIER_LONG 'l'
 | 
						|
#define QUALIFIER_LONG_UPPER 'L'
 | 
						|
#define QUALIFIER_ALTERNATIVE '#'
 | 
						|
#define QUALIFIER_SPACE ' '
 | 
						|
#define QUALIFIER_PLUS '+'
 | 
						|
#define QUALIFIER_MINUS '-'
 | 
						|
#define QUALIFIER_DOT '.'
 | 
						|
#define QUALIFIER_STAR '*'
 | 
						|
#define QUALIFIER_CIRCUMFLEX '^' /* For scanlists */
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_C99
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_SIZE_T 'z'
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_PTRDIFF_T 't'
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_INTMAX_T 'j'
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_BSD || TRIO_GNU
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_QUAD 'q'
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_GNU
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_SIZE_T_UPPER 'Z'
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_MISC
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_WIDECHAR 'w'
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_MICROSOFT
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_FIXED_SIZE 'I'
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_QUOTE '\''
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_STICKY '!'
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_VARSIZE '&' /* This should remain undocumented */
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_PARAM '@' /* Experimental */
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_COLON ':' /* For scanlists */
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_EQUAL '=' /* For scanlists */
 | 
						|
# define QUALIFIER_ROUNDING_UPPER 'R'
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Internal Structures
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Parameters */
 | 
						|
typedef struct {
 | 
						|
  /* An indication of which entry in the data union is used */
 | 
						|
  int type;
 | 
						|
  /* The flags */
 | 
						|
  trio_flags_t flags;
 | 
						|
  /* The width qualifier */
 | 
						|
  int width;
 | 
						|
  /* The precision qualifier */
 | 
						|
  int precision;
 | 
						|
  /* The base qualifier */
 | 
						|
  int base;
 | 
						|
  /* The size for the variable size qualifier */
 | 
						|
  int varsize;
 | 
						|
  /* The marker of the end of the specifier */
 | 
						|
  int indexAfterSpecifier;
 | 
						|
  /* The data from the argument list */
 | 
						|
  union {
 | 
						|
    char *string;
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_WIDECHAR
 | 
						|
    trio_wchar_t *wstring;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    trio_pointer_t pointer;
 | 
						|
    union {
 | 
						|
      trio_intmax_t as_signed;
 | 
						|
      trio_uintmax_t as_unsigned;
 | 
						|
    } number;
 | 
						|
    double doubleNumber;
 | 
						|
    double *doublePointer;
 | 
						|
    trio_long_double_t longdoubleNumber;
 | 
						|
    trio_long_double_t *longdoublePointer;
 | 
						|
    int errorNumber;
 | 
						|
  } data;
 | 
						|
  /* For the user-defined specifier */
 | 
						|
  char user_name[MAX_USER_NAME];
 | 
						|
  char user_data[MAX_USER_DATA];
 | 
						|
} trio_parameter_t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Container for customized functions */
 | 
						|
typedef struct {
 | 
						|
  union {
 | 
						|
    trio_outstream_t out;
 | 
						|
    trio_instream_t in;
 | 
						|
  } stream;
 | 
						|
  trio_pointer_t closure;
 | 
						|
} trio_custom_t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* General trio "class" */
 | 
						|
typedef struct _trio_class_t {
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * The function to write characters to a stream.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  void (*OutStream) TRIO_PROTO((struct _trio_class_t *, int));
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * The function to read characters from a stream.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  void (*InStream) TRIO_PROTO((struct _trio_class_t *, int *));
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * The current location in the stream.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  trio_pointer_t location;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * The character currently being processed.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  int current;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * The number of characters that would have been written/read
 | 
						|
   * if there had been sufficient space.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  int processed;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * The number of characters that are actually written/read.
 | 
						|
   * Processed and committed will only differ for the *nprintf
 | 
						|
   * and *nscanf functions.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  int committed;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * The upper limit of characters that may be written/read.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  int max;
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * The last output error that was detected.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  int error;
 | 
						|
} trio_class_t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* References (for user-defined callbacks) */
 | 
						|
typedef struct _trio_reference_t {
 | 
						|
  trio_class_t *data;
 | 
						|
  trio_parameter_t *parameter;
 | 
						|
} trio_reference_t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Registered entries (for user-defined callbacks) */
 | 
						|
typedef struct _trio_userdef_t {
 | 
						|
  struct _trio_userdef_t *next;
 | 
						|
  trio_callback_t callback;
 | 
						|
  char *name;
 | 
						|
} trio_userdef_t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Internal Variables
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static TRIO_CONST char rcsid[] = "@(#)$Id$";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Need this to workaround a parser bug in HP C/iX compiler that fails
 | 
						|
 * to resolves macro definitions that includes type 'long double',
 | 
						|
 * e.g: va_arg(arg_ptr, long double)
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_PLATFORM_MPEIX)
 | 
						|
static TRIO_CONST trio_long_double_t ___dummy_long_double = 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static TRIO_CONST char internalNullString[] = "(nil)";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(USE_LOCALE)
 | 
						|
static struct lconv *internalLocaleValues = NULL;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * UNIX98 says "in a locale where the radix character is not defined,
 | 
						|
 * the radix character defaults to a period (.)"
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int internalDecimalPointLength = 1;
 | 
						|
static int internalThousandSeparatorLength = 1;
 | 
						|
static char internalDecimalPoint = '.';
 | 
						|
static char internalDecimalPointString[MAX_LOCALE_SEPARATOR_LENGTH + 1] = ".";
 | 
						|
static char internalThousandSeparator[MAX_LOCALE_SEPARATOR_LENGTH + 1] = ",";
 | 
						|
static char internalGrouping[MAX_LOCALE_GROUPS] = { (char)NO_GROUPING };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static TRIO_CONST char internalDigitsLower[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz";
 | 
						|
static TRIO_CONST char internalDigitsUpper[] = "0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ";
 | 
						|
static BOOLEAN_T internalDigitsUnconverted = TRUE;
 | 
						|
static int internalDigitArray[128];
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
static BOOLEAN_T internalCollationUnconverted = TRUE;
 | 
						|
static char internalCollationArray[MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS][MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS];
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
static TRIO_VOLATILE trio_callback_t internalEnterCriticalRegion = NULL;
 | 
						|
static TRIO_VOLATILE trio_callback_t internalLeaveCriticalRegion = NULL;
 | 
						|
static trio_userdef_t *internalUserDef = NULL;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Internal Functions
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 ************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_MINIMAL)
 | 
						|
# define TRIO_STRING_PUBLIC static
 | 
						|
# include "triostr.c"
 | 
						|
#endif /* defined(TRIO_MINIMAL) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioIsQualifier
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Description:
 | 
						|
 *  Remember to add all new qualifiers to this function.
 | 
						|
 *  QUALIFIER_POSITION must not be added.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE BOOLEAN_T
 | 
						|
TrioIsQualifier
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((character),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char character)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  /* QUALIFIER_POSITION is not included */
 | 
						|
  switch (character)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
 | 
						|
    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_MINUS:
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_SPACE:
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_DOT:
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_STAR:
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_ALTERNATIVE:
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_SHORT:
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_LONG:
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_LONG_UPPER:
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_CIRCUMFLEX:
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_SIZE_T:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_PTRDIFF_T)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_PTRDIFF_T:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_INTMAX_T:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_QUAD)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_QUAD:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T_UPPER)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_SIZE_T_UPPER:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_WIDECHAR)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_WIDECHAR:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_QUOTE:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_STICKY)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_STICKY:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_VARSIZE)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_VARSIZE:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_PARAM)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_PARAM:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_FIXED_SIZE)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_FIXED_SIZE:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_ROUNDING_UPPER)
 | 
						|
    case QUALIFIER_ROUNDING_UPPER:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return FALSE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioSetLocale
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#if defined(USE_LOCALE)
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioSetLocale(TRIO_NOARGS)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  internalLocaleValues = (struct lconv *)localeconv();
 | 
						|
  if (internalLocaleValues)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if ((internalLocaleValues->decimal_point) &&
 | 
						|
	  (internalLocaleValues->decimal_point[0] != NIL))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  internalDecimalPointLength = trio_length(internalLocaleValues->decimal_point);
 | 
						|
	  if (internalDecimalPointLength == 1)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      internalDecimalPoint = internalLocaleValues->decimal_point[0];
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      internalDecimalPoint = NIL;
 | 
						|
	      trio_copy_max(internalDecimalPointString,
 | 
						|
			    sizeof(internalDecimalPointString),
 | 
						|
			    internalLocaleValues->decimal_point);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      if ((internalLocaleValues->thousands_sep) &&
 | 
						|
	  (internalLocaleValues->thousands_sep[0] != NIL))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  trio_copy_max(internalThousandSeparator,
 | 
						|
			sizeof(internalThousandSeparator),
 | 
						|
			internalLocaleValues->thousands_sep);
 | 
						|
	  internalThousandSeparatorLength = trio_length(internalThousandSeparator);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      if ((internalLocaleValues->grouping) &&
 | 
						|
	  (internalLocaleValues->grouping[0] != NIL))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  trio_copy_max(internalGrouping,
 | 
						|
			sizeof(internalGrouping),
 | 
						|
			internalLocaleValues->grouping);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif /* defined(USE_LOCALE) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioCalcThousandSeparatorLength
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((digits),
 | 
						|
	   int digits)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
  int count = 0;
 | 
						|
  int step = NO_GROUPING;
 | 
						|
  char *groupingPointer = internalGrouping;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  while (digits > 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (*groupingPointer == CHAR_MAX)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Disable grouping */
 | 
						|
	  break; /* while */
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else if (*groupingPointer == 0)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Repeat last group */
 | 
						|
	  if (step == NO_GROUPING)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* Error in locale */
 | 
						|
	      break; /* while */
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  step = *groupingPointer++;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      if (digits > step)
 | 
						|
	count += internalThousandSeparatorLength;
 | 
						|
      digits -= step;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return count;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  return 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE BOOLEAN_T
 | 
						|
TrioFollowedBySeparator
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((position),
 | 
						|
	   int position)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
  int step = 0;
 | 
						|
  char *groupingPointer = internalGrouping;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  position--;
 | 
						|
  if (position == 0)
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  while (position > 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (*groupingPointer == CHAR_MAX)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Disable grouping */
 | 
						|
	  break; /* while */
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else if (*groupingPointer != 0)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  step = *groupingPointer++;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      if (step == 0)
 | 
						|
	break;
 | 
						|
      position -= step;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return (position == 0);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  return FALSE;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioGetPosition
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Get the %n$ position.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioGetPosition
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((format, indexPointer),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   int *indexPointer)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_UNIX98
 | 
						|
  char *tmpformat;
 | 
						|
  int number = 0;
 | 
						|
  int index = *indexPointer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  number = (int)trio_to_long(&format[index], &tmpformat, BASE_DECIMAL);
 | 
						|
  index = (int)(tmpformat - format);
 | 
						|
  if ((number != 0) && (QUALIFIER_POSITION == format[index++]))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *indexPointer = index;
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
       * number is decreased by 1, because n$ starts from 1, whereas
 | 
						|
       * the array it is indexing starts from 0.
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
      return number - 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  return NO_POSITION;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioFindNamespace
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Find registered user-defined specifier.
 | 
						|
 * The prev argument is used for optimization only.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE trio_userdef_t *
 | 
						|
TrioFindNamespace
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((name, prev),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *name,
 | 
						|
	   trio_userdef_t **prev)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_userdef_t *def;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (internalEnterCriticalRegion)
 | 
						|
    (void)internalEnterCriticalRegion(NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  for (def = internalUserDef; def; def = def->next)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* Case-sensitive string comparison */
 | 
						|
      if (trio_equal_case(def->name, name))
 | 
						|
	break;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (prev)
 | 
						|
	*prev = def;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (internalLeaveCriticalRegion)
 | 
						|
    (void)internalLeaveCriticalRegion(NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return def;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioPower
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Description:
 | 
						|
 *  Calculate pow(base, exponent), where number and exponent are integers.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE trio_long_double_t
 | 
						|
TrioPower
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((number, exponent),
 | 
						|
	   int number,
 | 
						|
	   int exponent)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_long_double_t result;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (number == 10)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      switch (exponent)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Speed up calculation of common cases */
 | 
						|
	case 0:
 | 
						|
	  result = (trio_long_double_t)number * TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(1E-1);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case 1:
 | 
						|
	  result = (trio_long_double_t)number * TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(1E+0);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case 2:
 | 
						|
	  result = (trio_long_double_t)number * TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(1E+1);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case 3:
 | 
						|
	  result = (trio_long_double_t)number * TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(1E+2);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case 4:
 | 
						|
	  result = (trio_long_double_t)number * TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(1E+3);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case 5:
 | 
						|
	  result = (trio_long_double_t)number * TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(1E+4);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case 6:
 | 
						|
	  result = (trio_long_double_t)number * TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(1E+5);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case 7:
 | 
						|
	  result = (trio_long_double_t)number * TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(1E+6);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case 8:
 | 
						|
	  result = (trio_long_double_t)number * TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(1E+7);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case 9:
 | 
						|
	  result = (trio_long_double_t)number * TRIO_SUFFIX_LONG(1E+8);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	default:
 | 
						|
	  result = powl((trio_long_double_t)number,
 | 
						|
			(trio_long_double_t)exponent);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      return powl((trio_long_double_t)number, (trio_long_double_t)exponent);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioLogarithm
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE double
 | 
						|
TrioLogarithm
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((number, base),
 | 
						|
	   double number,
 | 
						|
	   int base)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  double result;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (number <= 0.0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* xlC crashes on log(0) */
 | 
						|
      result = (number == 0.0) ? trio_ninf() : trio_nan();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (base == 10)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  result = log10(number);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  result = log10(number) / log10((double)base);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioLogarithmBase
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE double
 | 
						|
TrioLogarithmBase
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((base),
 | 
						|
	   int base)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  switch (base)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case BASE_BINARY : return 1.0;
 | 
						|
    case BASE_OCTAL  : return 3.0;
 | 
						|
    case BASE_DECIMAL: return 3.321928094887362345;
 | 
						|
    case BASE_HEX    : return 4.0;
 | 
						|
    default          : return TrioLogarithm((double)base, 2);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioParse
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Description:
 | 
						|
 *  Parse the format string
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioParse
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS5((type, format, parameters, arglist, argarray),
 | 
						|
	   int type,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_parameter_t *parameters,
 | 
						|
	   va_list *arglist,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *argarray)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  /* Count the number of times a parameter is referenced */
 | 
						|
  unsigned short usedEntries[MAX_PARAMETERS];
 | 
						|
  /* Parameter counters */
 | 
						|
  int parameterPosition;
 | 
						|
  int currentParam;
 | 
						|
  int maxParam = -1;
 | 
						|
  /* Utility variables */
 | 
						|
  trio_flags_t flags;
 | 
						|
  int width;
 | 
						|
  int precision;
 | 
						|
  int varsize;
 | 
						|
  int base;
 | 
						|
  int index;  /* Index into formatting string */
 | 
						|
  int dots;  /* Count number of dots in modifier part */
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T positional;  /* Does the specifier have a positional? */
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T gotSticky = FALSE;  /* Are there any sticky modifiers at all? */
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * indices specifies the order in which the parameters must be
 | 
						|
   * read from the va_args (this is necessary to handle positionals)
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  int indices[MAX_PARAMETERS];
 | 
						|
  int pos = 0;
 | 
						|
  /* Various variables */
 | 
						|
  char ch;
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE)
 | 
						|
  int charlen;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  int save_errno;
 | 
						|
  int i = -1;
 | 
						|
  int num;
 | 
						|
  char *tmpformat;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* One and only one of arglist and argarray must be used */
 | 
						|
  assert((arglist != NULL) ^ (argarray != NULL));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * The 'parameters' array is not initialized, but we need to
 | 
						|
   * know which entries we have used.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  memset(usedEntries, 0, sizeof(usedEntries));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  save_errno = errno;
 | 
						|
  index = 0;
 | 
						|
  parameterPosition = 0;
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE)
 | 
						|
  (void)mblen(NULL, 0);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  while (format[index])
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE)
 | 
						|
      if (! isascii(format[index]))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /*
 | 
						|
	   * Multibyte characters cannot be legal specifiers or
 | 
						|
	   * modifiers, so we skip over them.
 | 
						|
	   */
 | 
						|
	  charlen = mblen(&format[index], MB_LEN_MAX);
 | 
						|
	  index += (charlen > 0) ? charlen : 1;
 | 
						|
	  continue; /* while */
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
#endif /* TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE */
 | 
						|
      if (CHAR_IDENTIFIER == format[index++])
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (CHAR_IDENTIFIER == format[index])
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      index++;
 | 
						|
	      continue; /* while */
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  flags = FLAGS_NEW;
 | 
						|
	  dots = 0;
 | 
						|
	  currentParam = TrioGetPosition(format, &index);
 | 
						|
	  positional = (NO_POSITION != currentParam);
 | 
						|
	  if (!positional)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* We have no positional, get the next counter */
 | 
						|
	      currentParam = parameterPosition;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
          if(currentParam >= MAX_PARAMETERS)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* Bail out completely to make the error more obvious */
 | 
						|
	      return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_ETOOMANY, index);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  if (currentParam > maxParam)
 | 
						|
	    maxParam = currentParam;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  /* Default values */
 | 
						|
	  width = NO_WIDTH;
 | 
						|
	  precision = NO_PRECISION;
 | 
						|
	  base = NO_BASE;
 | 
						|
	  varsize = NO_SIZE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  while (TrioIsQualifier(format[index]))
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      ch = format[index++];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	      switch (ch)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_SPACE:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_SPACE;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_PLUS:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_SHOWSIGN;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_MINUS:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_LEFTADJUST;
 | 
						|
		  flags &= ~FLAGS_NILPADDING;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_ALTERNATIVE:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_DOT:
 | 
						|
		  if (dots == 0) /* Precision */
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      dots++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		      /* Skip if no precision */
 | 
						|
		      if (QUALIFIER_DOT == format[index])
 | 
						|
			break;
 | 
						|
		      
 | 
						|
		      /* After the first dot we have the precision */
 | 
						|
		      flags |= FLAGS_PRECISION;
 | 
						|
		      if ((QUALIFIER_STAR == format[index])
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_PARAM)
 | 
						|
			  || (QUALIFIER_PARAM == format[index])
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
			  )
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  index++;
 | 
						|
			  flags |= FLAGS_PRECISION_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
			  precision = TrioGetPosition(format, &index);
 | 
						|
			  if (precision == NO_POSITION)
 | 
						|
			    {
 | 
						|
			      parameterPosition++;
 | 
						|
			      if (positional)
 | 
						|
				precision = parameterPosition;
 | 
						|
			      else
 | 
						|
				{
 | 
						|
				  precision = currentParam;
 | 
						|
				  currentParam = precision + 1;
 | 
						|
				}
 | 
						|
			    }
 | 
						|
			  else
 | 
						|
			    {
 | 
						|
			      if (! positional)
 | 
						|
				currentParam = precision + 1;
 | 
						|
			      if (width > maxParam)
 | 
						|
				maxParam = precision;
 | 
						|
			    }
 | 
						|
			  if (currentParam > maxParam)
 | 
						|
			    maxParam = currentParam;
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		      else
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  precision = trio_to_long(&format[index],
 | 
						|
						   &tmpformat,
 | 
						|
						   BASE_DECIMAL);
 | 
						|
			  index = (int)(tmpformat - format);
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else if (dots == 1) /* Base */
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      dots++;
 | 
						|
		      
 | 
						|
		      /* After the second dot we have the base */
 | 
						|
		      flags |= FLAGS_BASE;
 | 
						|
		      if ((QUALIFIER_STAR == format[index])
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_PARAM)
 | 
						|
			  || (QUALIFIER_PARAM == format[index])
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
			  )
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  index++;
 | 
						|
			  flags |= FLAGS_BASE_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
			  base = TrioGetPosition(format, &index);
 | 
						|
			  if (base == NO_POSITION)
 | 
						|
			    {
 | 
						|
			      parameterPosition++;
 | 
						|
			      if (positional)
 | 
						|
				base = parameterPosition;
 | 
						|
			      else
 | 
						|
				{
 | 
						|
				  base = currentParam;
 | 
						|
				  currentParam = base + 1;
 | 
						|
				}
 | 
						|
			    }
 | 
						|
			  else
 | 
						|
			    {
 | 
						|
			      if (! positional)
 | 
						|
				currentParam = base + 1;
 | 
						|
			      if (base > maxParam)
 | 
						|
				maxParam = base;
 | 
						|
			    }
 | 
						|
			  if (currentParam > maxParam)
 | 
						|
			    maxParam = currentParam;
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		      else
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  base = trio_to_long(&format[index],
 | 
						|
					      &tmpformat,
 | 
						|
					      BASE_DECIMAL);
 | 
						|
			  if (base > MAX_BASE)
 | 
						|
			    return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
			  index = (int)(tmpformat - format);
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  break; /* QUALIFIER_DOT */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_PARAM)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_PARAM:
 | 
						|
		  type = TYPE_PRINT;
 | 
						|
		  /* FALLTHROUGH */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_STAR:
 | 
						|
		  /* This has different meanings for print and scan */
 | 
						|
		  if (TYPE_PRINT == type)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      /* Read with from parameter */
 | 
						|
		      flags |= (FLAGS_WIDTH | FLAGS_WIDTH_PARAMETER);
 | 
						|
		      width = TrioGetPosition(format, &index);
 | 
						|
		      if (width == NO_POSITION)
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  parameterPosition++;
 | 
						|
			  if (positional)
 | 
						|
			    width = parameterPosition;
 | 
						|
			  else
 | 
						|
			    {
 | 
						|
			      width = currentParam;
 | 
						|
			      currentParam = width + 1;
 | 
						|
			    }
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		      else
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  if (! positional)
 | 
						|
			    currentParam = width + 1;
 | 
						|
			  if (width > maxParam)
 | 
						|
			    maxParam = width;
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		      if (currentParam > maxParam)
 | 
						|
			maxParam = currentParam;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      /* Scan, but do not store result */
 | 
						|
		      flags |= FLAGS_IGNORE;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		  break; /* QUALIFIER_STAR */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case '0':
 | 
						|
		  if (! (flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST))
 | 
						|
		    flags |= FLAGS_NILPADDING;
 | 
						|
		  /* FALLTHROUGH */
 | 
						|
		case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
 | 
						|
		case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_WIDTH;
 | 
						|
		  /* &format[index - 1] is used to "rewind" the read
 | 
						|
		   * character from format
 | 
						|
		   */
 | 
						|
		  width = trio_to_long(&format[index - 1],
 | 
						|
				       &tmpformat,
 | 
						|
				       BASE_DECIMAL);
 | 
						|
		  index = (int)(tmpformat - format);
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_SHORT:
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_SHORTSHORT)
 | 
						|
		    return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
		  else if (flags & FLAGS_SHORT)
 | 
						|
		    flags |= FLAGS_SHORTSHORT;
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    flags |= FLAGS_SHORT;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_LONG:
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_QUAD)
 | 
						|
		    return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
		  else if (flags & FLAGS_LONG)
 | 
						|
		    flags |= FLAGS_QUAD;
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    flags |= FLAGS_LONG;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_LONG_UPPER:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_SIZE_T:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_SIZE_T;
 | 
						|
		  /* Modify flags for later truncation of number */
 | 
						|
		  if (sizeof(size_t) == sizeof(trio_ulonglong_t))
 | 
						|
		    flags |= FLAGS_QUAD;
 | 
						|
		  else if (sizeof(size_t) == sizeof(long))
 | 
						|
		    flags |= FLAGS_LONG;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_PTRDIFF_T)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_PTRDIFF_T:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_PTRDIFF_T;
 | 
						|
		  if (sizeof(ptrdiff_t) == sizeof(trio_ulonglong_t))
 | 
						|
		    flags |= FLAGS_QUAD;
 | 
						|
		  else if (sizeof(ptrdiff_t) == sizeof(long))
 | 
						|
		    flags |= FLAGS_LONG;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_INTMAX_T:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_INTMAX_T;
 | 
						|
		  if (sizeof(trio_intmax_t) == sizeof(trio_ulonglong_t))
 | 
						|
		    flags |= FLAGS_QUAD;
 | 
						|
		  else if (sizeof(trio_intmax_t) == sizeof(long))
 | 
						|
		    flags |= FLAGS_LONG;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_QUAD)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_QUAD:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_QUAD;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_FIXED_SIZE)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_FIXED_SIZE:
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_FIXED_SIZE)
 | 
						|
		    return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & (FLAGS_ALL_SIZES | FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE |
 | 
						|
			       FLAGS_WIDECHAR | FLAGS_VARSIZE_PARAMETER))
 | 
						|
		    return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		  if ((format[index] == '6') &&
 | 
						|
		      (format[index + 1] == '4'))
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      varsize = sizeof(trio_int64_t);
 | 
						|
		      index += 2;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else if ((format[index] == '3') &&
 | 
						|
			   (format[index + 1] == '2'))
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      varsize = sizeof(trio_int32_t);
 | 
						|
		      index += 2;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else if ((format[index] == '1') &&
 | 
						|
			   (format[index + 1] == '6'))
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      varsize = sizeof(trio_int16_t);
 | 
						|
		      index += 2;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else if (format[index] == '8')
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      varsize = sizeof(trio_int8_t);
 | 
						|
		      index++;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
		  
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_FIXED_SIZE;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_WIDECHAR)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_WIDECHAR:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_WIDECHAR;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T_UPPER)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_SIZE_T_UPPER:
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_QUOTE:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_QUOTE;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_STICKY)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_STICKY:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_STICKY;
 | 
						|
		  gotSticky = TRUE;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		  
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_VARSIZE)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_VARSIZE:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_VARSIZE_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
		  parameterPosition++;
 | 
						|
		  if (positional)
 | 
						|
		    varsize = parameterPosition;
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      varsize = currentParam;
 | 
						|
		      currentParam = varsize + 1;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  if (currentParam > maxParam)
 | 
						|
		    maxParam = currentParam;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_ROUNDING_UPPER)
 | 
						|
		case QUALIFIER_ROUNDING_UPPER:
 | 
						|
		  flags |= FLAGS_ROUNDING;
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		default:
 | 
						|
		  /* Bail out completely to make the error more obvious */
 | 
						|
                  return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    } /* while qualifier */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  /*
 | 
						|
	   * Parameters only need the type and value. The value is
 | 
						|
	   * read later.
 | 
						|
	   */
 | 
						|
	  if (flags & FLAGS_WIDTH_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      usedEntries[width] += 1;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].flags = 0;
 | 
						|
	      indices[width] = pos;
 | 
						|
	      width = pos++;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  if (flags & FLAGS_PRECISION_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      usedEntries[precision] += 1;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].flags = 0;
 | 
						|
	      indices[precision] = pos;
 | 
						|
	      precision = pos++;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  if (flags & FLAGS_BASE_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      usedEntries[base] += 1;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].flags = 0;
 | 
						|
	      indices[base] = pos;
 | 
						|
	      base = pos++;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  if (flags & FLAGS_VARSIZE_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      usedEntries[varsize] += 1;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].flags = 0;
 | 
						|
	      indices[varsize] = pos;
 | 
						|
	      varsize = pos++;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  indices[currentParam] = pos;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  switch (format[index++])
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
#if defined(SPECIFIER_CHAR_UPPER)
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_CHAR_UPPER:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_WIDECHAR;
 | 
						|
	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_CHAR:
 | 
						|
	      if (flags & FLAGS_LONG)
 | 
						|
		flags |= FLAGS_WIDECHAR;
 | 
						|
	      else if (flags & FLAGS_SHORT)
 | 
						|
		flags &= ~FLAGS_WIDECHAR;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_CHAR;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(SPECIFIER_STRING_UPPER)
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_STRING_UPPER:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_WIDECHAR;
 | 
						|
	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_STRING:
 | 
						|
	      if (flags & FLAGS_LONG)
 | 
						|
		flags |= FLAGS_WIDECHAR;
 | 
						|
	      else if (flags & FLAGS_SHORT)
 | 
						|
		flags &= ~FLAGS_WIDECHAR;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_STRING;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_GROUP:
 | 
						|
	      if (TYPE_SCAN == type)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  int depth = 1;
 | 
						|
		  parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_GROUP;
 | 
						|
		  if (format[index] == QUALIFIER_CIRCUMFLEX)
 | 
						|
		    index++;
 | 
						|
		  if (format[index] == SPECIFIER_UNGROUP)
 | 
						|
		    index++;
 | 
						|
		  if (format[index] == QUALIFIER_MINUS)
 | 
						|
		    index++;
 | 
						|
		  /* Skip nested brackets */
 | 
						|
		  while (format[index] != NIL)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      if (format[index] == SPECIFIER_GROUP)
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  depth++;
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		      else if (format[index] == SPECIFIER_UNGROUP)
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  if (--depth <= 0)
 | 
						|
			    {
 | 
						|
			      index++;
 | 
						|
			      break;
 | 
						|
			    }
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		      index++;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
	      
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_INTEGER:
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_INT;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
	      
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_UNSIGNED:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_INT;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_DECIMAL:
 | 
						|
	      /* Disable base modifier */
 | 
						|
	      flags &= ~FLAGS_BASE_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
	      base = BASE_DECIMAL;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_INT;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_OCTAL:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
	      flags &= ~FLAGS_BASE_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
	      base = BASE_OCTAL;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_INT;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(SPECIFIER_BINARY)
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_BINARY_UPPER:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_UPPER;
 | 
						|
	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_BINARY:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_NILPADDING;
 | 
						|
	      flags &= ~FLAGS_BASE_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
	      base = BASE_BINARY;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_INT;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_HEX_UPPER:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_UPPER;
 | 
						|
	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_HEX:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
	      flags &= ~FLAGS_BASE_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
	      base = BASE_HEX;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_INT;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_FLOAT_E_UPPER:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_UPPER;
 | 
						|
	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_FLOAT_E:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_FLOAT_E;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_DOUBLE;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_FLOAT_G_UPPER:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_UPPER;
 | 
						|
	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_FLOAT_G:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_FLOAT_G;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_DOUBLE;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_FLOAT_F_UPPER:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_UPPER;
 | 
						|
	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_FLOAT_F:
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_DOUBLE;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_POINTER:
 | 
						|
	      if (sizeof(trio_pointer_t) == sizeof(trio_ulonglong_t))
 | 
						|
		flags |= FLAGS_QUAD;
 | 
						|
	      else if (sizeof(trio_pointer_t) == sizeof(long))
 | 
						|
		flags |= FLAGS_LONG;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_POINTER;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_COUNT:
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_COUNT;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(SPECIFIER_HEXFLOAT)
 | 
						|
# if defined(SPECIFIER_HEXFLOAT_UPPER)
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_HEXFLOAT_UPPER:
 | 
						|
	      flags |= FLAGS_UPPER;
 | 
						|
	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_HEXFLOAT:
 | 
						|
	      base = BASE_HEX;
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_DOUBLE;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(FORMAT_ERRNO)
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_ERRNO:
 | 
						|
	      parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_ERRNO;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(SPECIFIER_USER_DEFINED_BEGIN)
 | 
						|
	    case SPECIFIER_USER_DEFINED_BEGIN:
 | 
						|
	      {
 | 
						|
		unsigned int max;
 | 
						|
		int without_namespace = TRUE;
 | 
						|
		
 | 
						|
		parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_USER_DEFINED;
 | 
						|
		parameters[pos].user_name[0] = NIL;
 | 
						|
		tmpformat = (char *)&format[index];
 | 
						|
	      
 | 
						|
		while ((ch = format[index]))
 | 
						|
		  {
 | 
						|
		    index++;
 | 
						|
		    if (ch == SPECIFIER_USER_DEFINED_END)
 | 
						|
		      {
 | 
						|
			if (without_namespace)
 | 
						|
			  {
 | 
						|
			    /* We must get the handle first */
 | 
						|
			    parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_PARAMETER;
 | 
						|
			    parameters[pos].indexAfterSpecifier = index;
 | 
						|
			    parameters[pos].flags = FLAGS_USER_DEFINED;
 | 
						|
			    /* Adjust parameters for insertion of new one */
 | 
						|
			    pos++;
 | 
						|
			    usedEntries[currentParam] += 1;
 | 
						|
			    parameters[pos].type = FORMAT_USER_DEFINED;
 | 
						|
			    currentParam++;
 | 
						|
			    indices[currentParam] = pos;
 | 
						|
			    if (currentParam > maxParam)
 | 
						|
			      maxParam = currentParam;
 | 
						|
			  }
 | 
						|
			/* Copy the user data */
 | 
						|
			max = (unsigned int)(&format[index] - tmpformat);
 | 
						|
			if (max > MAX_USER_DATA)
 | 
						|
			  max = MAX_USER_DATA;
 | 
						|
			trio_copy_max(parameters[pos].user_data,
 | 
						|
				      max,
 | 
						|
				      tmpformat);
 | 
						|
			break; /* while */
 | 
						|
		      }
 | 
						|
		    if (ch == SPECIFIER_USER_DEFINED_SEPARATOR)
 | 
						|
		      {
 | 
						|
			without_namespace = FALSE;
 | 
						|
			/* Copy the namespace for later looking-up */
 | 
						|
			max = (int)(&format[index] - tmpformat);
 | 
						|
			if (max > MAX_USER_NAME)
 | 
						|
			  max = MAX_USER_NAME;
 | 
						|
			trio_copy_max(parameters[pos].user_name,
 | 
						|
				      max,
 | 
						|
				      tmpformat);
 | 
						|
			tmpformat = (char *)&format[index];
 | 
						|
		      }
 | 
						|
		  }
 | 
						|
		if (ch != SPECIFIER_USER_DEFINED_END)
 | 
						|
		  return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
	      }
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
#endif /* defined(SPECIFIER_USER_DEFINED_BEGIN) */
 | 
						|
	      
 | 
						|
	    default:
 | 
						|
	      /* Bail out completely to make the error more obvious */
 | 
						|
              return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  /*  Count the number of times this entry has been used */
 | 
						|
	  usedEntries[currentParam] += 1;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  /* Find last sticky parameters */
 | 
						|
	  if (gotSticky && !(flags & FLAGS_STICKY))
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      for (i = pos - 1; i >= 0; i--)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  if (parameters[i].type == FORMAT_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
		    continue;
 | 
						|
		  if ((parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_STICKY) &&
 | 
						|
		      (parameters[i].type == parameters[pos].type))
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      /* Do not overwrite current qualifiers */
 | 
						|
		      flags |= (parameters[i].flags & (unsigned long)~FLAGS_STICKY);
 | 
						|
		      if (width == NO_WIDTH)
 | 
						|
			width = parameters[i].width;
 | 
						|
		      if (precision == NO_PRECISION)
 | 
						|
			precision = parameters[i].precision;
 | 
						|
		      if (base == NO_BASE)
 | 
						|
			base = parameters[i].base;
 | 
						|
		      break;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  parameters[pos].indexAfterSpecifier = index;
 | 
						|
	  parameters[pos].flags = flags;
 | 
						|
	  parameters[pos].width = width;
 | 
						|
	  parameters[pos].precision = precision;
 | 
						|
	  parameters[pos].base = (base == NO_BASE) ? BASE_DECIMAL : base;
 | 
						|
	  parameters[pos].varsize = varsize;
 | 
						|
	  pos++;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  if (! positional)
 | 
						|
	    parameterPosition++;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	} /* if identifier */
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
    } /* while format characters left */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (num = 0; num <= maxParam; num++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (usedEntries[num] != 1)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (usedEntries[num] == 0) /* gap detected */
 | 
						|
	    return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EGAP, num);
 | 
						|
	  else /* double references detected */
 | 
						|
	    return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EDBLREF, num);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      i = indices[num];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
       * FORMAT_PARAMETERS are only present if they must be read,
 | 
						|
       * so it makes no sense to check the ignore flag (besides,
 | 
						|
       * the flags variable is not set for that particular type)
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
      if ((parameters[i].type != FORMAT_PARAMETER) &&
 | 
						|
	  (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_IGNORE))
 | 
						|
	continue; /* for all arguments */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
       * The stack arguments are read according to ANSI C89
 | 
						|
       * default argument promotions:
 | 
						|
       *
 | 
						|
       *  char           = int
 | 
						|
       *  short          = int
 | 
						|
       *  unsigned char  = unsigned int
 | 
						|
       *  unsigned short = unsigned int
 | 
						|
       *  float          = double
 | 
						|
       *
 | 
						|
       * In addition to the ANSI C89 these types are read (the
 | 
						|
       * default argument promotions of C99 has not been
 | 
						|
       * considered yet)
 | 
						|
       *
 | 
						|
       *  long long
 | 
						|
       *  long double
 | 
						|
       *  size_t
 | 
						|
       *  ptrdiff_t
 | 
						|
       *  intmax_t
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
      switch (parameters[i].type)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	case FORMAT_GROUP:
 | 
						|
	case FORMAT_STRING:
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_WIDECHAR
 | 
						|
	  if (flags & FLAGS_WIDECHAR)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      parameters[i].data.wstring = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		? va_arg(*arglist, trio_wchar_t *)
 | 
						|
		: (trio_wchar_t *)(argarray[num]);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      parameters[i].data.string = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		? va_arg(*arglist, char *)
 | 
						|
		: (char *)(argarray[num]);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(FORMAT_USER_DEFINED)
 | 
						|
	case FORMAT_USER_DEFINED:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
	case FORMAT_POINTER:
 | 
						|
	case FORMAT_COUNT:
 | 
						|
	case FORMAT_UNKNOWN:
 | 
						|
	  parameters[i].data.pointer = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
	    ? va_arg(*arglist, trio_pointer_t )
 | 
						|
	    : argarray[num];
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	case FORMAT_CHAR:
 | 
						|
	case FORMAT_INT:
 | 
						|
	  if (TYPE_SCAN == type)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
              if (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
                parameters[i].data.pointer = 
 | 
						|
                  (trio_pointer_t)va_arg(*arglist, trio_pointer_t);
 | 
						|
              else
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                  if (parameters[i].type == FORMAT_CHAR)
 | 
						|
                    parameters[i].data.pointer =
 | 
						|
                      (trio_pointer_t)((char *)argarray[num]);
 | 
						|
                  else if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_SHORT)
 | 
						|
                    parameters[i].data.pointer =
 | 
						|
                      (trio_pointer_t)((short *)argarray[num]);
 | 
						|
                  else
 | 
						|
                    parameters[i].data.pointer =
 | 
						|
                      (trio_pointer_t)((int *)argarray[num]);
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_VARSIZE) || defined(QUALIFIER_FIXED_SIZE)
 | 
						|
	      if (parameters[i].flags
 | 
						|
		  & (FLAGS_VARSIZE_PARAMETER | FLAGS_FIXED_SIZE))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_VARSIZE_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      /*
 | 
						|
		       * Variable sizes are mapped onto the fixed sizes, in
 | 
						|
		       * accordance with integer promotion.
 | 
						|
		       *
 | 
						|
		       * Please note that this may not be portable, as we
 | 
						|
		       * only guess the size, not the layout of the numbers.
 | 
						|
		       * For example, if int is little-endian, and long is
 | 
						|
		       * big-endian, then this will fail.
 | 
						|
		       */
 | 
						|
		      varsize = (int)parameters[parameters[i].varsize].data.number.as_unsigned;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      /* Used for the I<bits> modifiers */
 | 
						|
		      varsize = parameters[i].varsize;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  parameters[i].flags &= ~FLAGS_ALL_VARSIZES;
 | 
						|
		  
 | 
						|
		  if (varsize <= (int)sizeof(int))
 | 
						|
		    ;
 | 
						|
		  else if (varsize <= (int)sizeof(long))
 | 
						|
		    parameters[i].flags |= FLAGS_LONG;
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
		  else if (varsize <= (int)sizeof(trio_longlong_t))
 | 
						|
		    parameters[i].flags |= FLAGS_QUAD;
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    parameters[i].flags |= FLAGS_INTMAX_T;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    parameters[i].flags |= FLAGS_QUAD;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
#endif /* defined(QUALIFIER_VARSIZE) */
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T) || defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T_UPPER)
 | 
						|
	      if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_SIZE_T)
 | 
						|
		parameters[i].data.number.as_unsigned = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		  ? (trio_uintmax_t)va_arg(*arglist, size_t)
 | 
						|
		  : (trio_uintmax_t)(*((size_t *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_PTRDIFF_T)
 | 
						|
	      if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_PTRDIFF_T)
 | 
						|
		parameters[i].data.number.as_unsigned = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		  ? (trio_uintmax_t)va_arg(*arglist, ptrdiff_t)
 | 
						|
		  : (trio_uintmax_t)(*((ptrdiff_t *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
	      if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
		parameters[i].data.number.as_unsigned = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		  ? (trio_uintmax_t)va_arg(*arglist, trio_intmax_t)
 | 
						|
		  : (trio_uintmax_t)(*((trio_intmax_t *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
	      if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_QUAD)
 | 
						|
		parameters[i].data.number.as_unsigned = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		  ? (trio_uintmax_t)va_arg(*arglist, trio_ulonglong_t)
 | 
						|
		  : (trio_uintmax_t)(*((trio_ulonglong_t *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
	      else if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_LONG)
 | 
						|
		parameters[i].data.number.as_unsigned = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		  ? (trio_uintmax_t)va_arg(*arglist, long)
 | 
						|
		  : (trio_uintmax_t)(*((long *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  if (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		    parameters[i].data.number.as_unsigned = (trio_uintmax_t)va_arg(*arglist, int);
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      if (parameters[i].type == FORMAT_CHAR)
 | 
						|
			parameters[i].data.number.as_unsigned = (trio_uintmax_t)(*((char *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
		      else if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_SHORT)
 | 
						|
			parameters[i].data.number.as_unsigned = (trio_uintmax_t)(*((short *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
		      else
 | 
						|
			parameters[i].data.number.as_unsigned = (trio_uintmax_t)(*((int *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	case FORMAT_PARAMETER:
 | 
						|
	  /*
 | 
						|
	   * The parameter for the user-defined specifier is a pointer,
 | 
						|
	   * whereas the rest (width, precision, base) uses an integer.
 | 
						|
	   */
 | 
						|
	  if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_USER_DEFINED)
 | 
						|
	    parameters[i].data.pointer = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
	      ? va_arg(*arglist, trio_pointer_t )
 | 
						|
	      : argarray[num];
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    parameters[i].data.number.as_unsigned = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
	      ? (trio_uintmax_t)va_arg(*arglist, int)
 | 
						|
	      : (trio_uintmax_t)(*((int *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	case FORMAT_DOUBLE:
 | 
						|
	  if (TYPE_SCAN == type)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE)
 | 
						|
		parameters[i].data.longdoublePointer = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		  ? va_arg(*arglist, trio_long_double_t *)
 | 
						|
		  : (trio_long_double_t *)argarray[num];
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
		  if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_LONG)
 | 
						|
		    parameters[i].data.doublePointer = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		      ? va_arg(*arglist, double *)
 | 
						|
		      : (double *)argarray[num];
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    parameters[i].data.doublePointer = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		      ? (double *)va_arg(*arglist, float *)
 | 
						|
		      : (double *)((float *)argarray[num]);
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE)
 | 
						|
		parameters[i].data.longdoubleNumber = (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		  ? va_arg(*arglist, trio_long_double_t)
 | 
						|
		  : (trio_long_double_t)(*((trio_long_double_t *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  if (argarray == NULL)
 | 
						|
		    parameters[i].data.longdoubleNumber =
 | 
						|
		      (trio_long_double_t)va_arg(*arglist, double);
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      if (parameters[i].flags & FLAGS_SHORT)
 | 
						|
			parameters[i].data.longdoubleNumber =
 | 
						|
			  (trio_long_double_t)(*((float *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
		      else
 | 
						|
			parameters[i].data.longdoubleNumber =
 | 
						|
			  (trio_long_double_t)(*((double *)argarray[num]));
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(FORMAT_ERRNO)
 | 
						|
	case FORMAT_ERRNO:
 | 
						|
	  parameters[i].data.errorNumber = save_errno;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	default:
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    } /* for all specifiers */
 | 
						|
  return num;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * FORMATTING
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 ************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioWriteNumber
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Description:
 | 
						|
 *  Output a number.
 | 
						|
 *  The complexity of this function is a result of the complexity
 | 
						|
 *  of the dependencies of the flags.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioWriteNumber
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS6((self, number, flags, width, precision, base),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   trio_uintmax_t number,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width,
 | 
						|
	   int precision,
 | 
						|
	   int base)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T isNegative;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T isNumberZero;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T isPrecisionZero;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T ignoreNumber;
 | 
						|
  char buffer[MAX_CHARS_IN(trio_uintmax_t) * (1 + MAX_LOCALE_SEPARATOR_LENGTH) + 1];
 | 
						|
  char *bufferend;
 | 
						|
  char *pointer;
 | 
						|
  TRIO_CONST char *digits;
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  int length;
 | 
						|
  char *p;
 | 
						|
  int count;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->OutStream));
 | 
						|
  assert(((base >= MIN_BASE) && (base <= MAX_BASE)) || (base == NO_BASE));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  digits = (flags & FLAGS_UPPER) ? internalDigitsUpper : internalDigitsLower;
 | 
						|
  if (base == NO_BASE)
 | 
						|
    base = BASE_DECIMAL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  isNumberZero = (number == 0);
 | 
						|
  isPrecisionZero = (precision == 0);
 | 
						|
  ignoreNumber = (isNumberZero
 | 
						|
		  && isPrecisionZero
 | 
						|
		  && !((flags & FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE) && (base == BASE_OCTAL)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_UNSIGNED)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      isNegative = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      flags &= ~FLAGS_SHOWSIGN;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      isNegative = ((trio_intmax_t)number < 0);
 | 
						|
      if (isNegative)
 | 
						|
	number = -((trio_intmax_t)number);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_QUAD)
 | 
						|
    number &= (trio_ulonglong_t)-1;
 | 
						|
  else if (flags & FLAGS_LONG)
 | 
						|
    number &= (unsigned long)-1;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    number &= (unsigned int)-1;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Build number */
 | 
						|
  pointer = bufferend = &buffer[sizeof(buffer) - 1];
 | 
						|
  *pointer-- = NIL;
 | 
						|
  for (i = 1; i < (int)sizeof(buffer); i++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *pointer-- = digits[number % base];
 | 
						|
      number /= base;
 | 
						|
      if (number == 0)
 | 
						|
	break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if ((flags & FLAGS_QUOTE) && TrioFollowedBySeparator(i + 1))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /*
 | 
						|
	   * We are building the number from the least significant
 | 
						|
	   * to the most significant digit, so we have to copy the
 | 
						|
	   * thousand separator backwards
 | 
						|
	   */
 | 
						|
	  length = internalThousandSeparatorLength;
 | 
						|
	  if (((int)(pointer - buffer) - length) > 0)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      p = &internalThousandSeparator[length - 1];
 | 
						|
	      while (length-- > 0)
 | 
						|
		*pointer-- = *p--;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (! ignoreNumber)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* Adjust width */
 | 
						|
      width -= (bufferend - pointer) - 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Adjust precision */
 | 
						|
  if (NO_PRECISION != precision)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      precision -= (bufferend - pointer) - 1;
 | 
						|
      if (precision < 0)
 | 
						|
	precision = 0;
 | 
						|
      flags |= FLAGS_NILPADDING;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Calculate padding */
 | 
						|
  count = (! ((flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST) || (precision == NO_PRECISION)))
 | 
						|
    ? precision
 | 
						|
    : 0;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Adjust width further */
 | 
						|
  if (isNegative || (flags & FLAGS_SHOWSIGN) || (flags & FLAGS_SPACE))
 | 
						|
    width--;
 | 
						|
  if ((flags & FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE) && !isNumberZero)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      switch (base)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	case BASE_BINARY:
 | 
						|
	case BASE_HEX:
 | 
						|
	  width -= 2;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case BASE_OCTAL:
 | 
						|
	  if (!(flags & FLAGS_NILPADDING) || (count == 0))
 | 
						|
	    width--;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	default:
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Output prefixes spaces if needed */
 | 
						|
  if (! ((flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST) ||
 | 
						|
	 ((flags & FLAGS_NILPADDING) && (precision == NO_PRECISION))))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      while (width-- > count)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, CHAR_ADJUST);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* width has been adjusted for signs and alternatives */
 | 
						|
  if (isNegative)
 | 
						|
    self->OutStream(self, '-');
 | 
						|
  else if (flags & FLAGS_SHOWSIGN)
 | 
						|
    self->OutStream(self, '+');
 | 
						|
  else if (flags & FLAGS_SPACE)
 | 
						|
    self->OutStream(self, ' ');
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Prefix is not written when the value is zero */
 | 
						|
  if ((flags & FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE) && !isNumberZero)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      switch (base)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	case BASE_BINARY:
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, '0');
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, (flags & FLAGS_UPPER) ? 'B' : 'b');
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	case BASE_OCTAL:
 | 
						|
	  if (!(flags & FLAGS_NILPADDING) || (count == 0))
 | 
						|
	    self->OutStream(self, '0');
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	case BASE_HEX:
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, '0');
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, (flags & FLAGS_UPPER) ? 'X' : 'x');
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	default:
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	} /* switch base */
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Output prefixed zero padding if needed */
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_NILPADDING)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (precision == NO_PRECISION)
 | 
						|
	precision = width;
 | 
						|
      while (precision-- > 0)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, '0');
 | 
						|
	  width--;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (! ignoreNumber)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* Output the number itself */
 | 
						|
      while (*(++pointer))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, *pointer);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Output trailing spaces if needed */
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      while (width-- > 0)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, CHAR_ADJUST);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioWriteStringCharacter
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Description:
 | 
						|
 *  Output a single character of a string
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioWriteStringCharacter
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((self, ch, flags),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   int ch,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (! isprint(ch))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /*
 | 
						|
	   * Non-printable characters are converted to C escapes or
 | 
						|
	   * \number, if no C escape exists.
 | 
						|
	   */
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, CHAR_BACKSLASH);
 | 
						|
	  switch (ch)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	    case '\007': self->OutStream(self, 'a'); break;
 | 
						|
	    case '\b': self->OutStream(self, 'b'); break;
 | 
						|
	    case '\f': self->OutStream(self, 'f'); break;
 | 
						|
	    case '\n': self->OutStream(self, 'n'); break;
 | 
						|
	    case '\r': self->OutStream(self, 'r'); break;
 | 
						|
	    case '\t': self->OutStream(self, 't'); break;
 | 
						|
	    case '\v': self->OutStream(self, 'v'); break;
 | 
						|
	    case '\\': self->OutStream(self, '\\'); break;
 | 
						|
	    default:
 | 
						|
	      self->OutStream(self, 'x');
 | 
						|
	      TrioWriteNumber(self, (trio_uintmax_t)ch,
 | 
						|
			      FLAGS_UNSIGNED | FLAGS_NILPADDING,
 | 
						|
			      2, 2, BASE_HEX);
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else if (ch == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, CHAR_BACKSLASH);
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, CHAR_BACKSLASH);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, ch);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->OutStream(self, ch);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioWriteString
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Description:
 | 
						|
 *  Output a string
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioWriteString
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS5((self, string, flags, width, precision),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *string,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width,
 | 
						|
	   int precision)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int length;
 | 
						|
  int ch;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->OutStream));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (string == NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      string = internalNullString;
 | 
						|
      length = sizeof(internalNullString) - 1;
 | 
						|
      /* Disable quoting for the null pointer */
 | 
						|
      flags &= (~FLAGS_QUOTE);
 | 
						|
      width = 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      length = trio_length(string);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if ((NO_PRECISION != precision) &&
 | 
						|
      (precision < length))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      length = precision;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  width -= length;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
    self->OutStream(self, CHAR_QUOTE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (! (flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      while (width-- > 0)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, CHAR_ADJUST);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  while (length-- > 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* The ctype parameters must be an unsigned char (or EOF) */
 | 
						|
      ch = (int)((unsigned char)(*string++));
 | 
						|
      TrioWriteStringCharacter(self, ch, flags);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      while (width-- > 0)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, CHAR_ADJUST);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
    self->OutStream(self, CHAR_QUOTE);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioWriteWideStringCharacter
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Description:
 | 
						|
 *  Output a wide string as a multi-byte sequence
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_WIDECHAR
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioWriteWideStringCharacter
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((self, wch, flags, width),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   trio_wchar_t wch,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int size;
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  int ch;
 | 
						|
  char *string;
 | 
						|
  char buffer[MB_LEN_MAX + 1];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (width == NO_WIDTH)
 | 
						|
    width = sizeof(buffer);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  size = wctomb(buffer, wch);
 | 
						|
  if ((size <= 0) || (size > width) || (buffer[0] == NIL))
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  string = buffer;
 | 
						|
  i = size;
 | 
						|
  while ((width >= i) && (width-- > 0) && (i-- > 0))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* The ctype parameters must be an unsigned char (or EOF) */
 | 
						|
      ch = (int)((unsigned char)(*string++));
 | 
						|
      TrioWriteStringCharacter(self, ch, flags);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return size;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif /* TRIO_WIDECHAR */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioWriteWideString
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Description:
 | 
						|
 *  Output a wide character string as a multi-byte string
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_WIDECHAR
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioWriteWideString
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS5((self, wstring, flags, width, precision),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST trio_wchar_t *wstring,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width,
 | 
						|
	   int precision)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int length;
 | 
						|
  int size;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->OutStream));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE)
 | 
						|
  (void)mblen(NULL, 0);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (wstring == NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      TrioWriteString(self, NULL, flags, width, precision);
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (NO_PRECISION == precision)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      length = INT_MAX;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      length = precision;
 | 
						|
      width -= length;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
    self->OutStream(self, CHAR_QUOTE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (! (flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      while (width-- > 0)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, CHAR_ADJUST);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  while (length > 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      size = TrioWriteWideStringCharacter(self, *wstring++, flags, length);
 | 
						|
      if (size == 0)
 | 
						|
	break; /* while */
 | 
						|
      length -= size;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      while (width-- > 0)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, CHAR_ADJUST);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
    self->OutStream(self, CHAR_QUOTE);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif /* TRIO_WIDECHAR */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioWriteDouble
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * http://wwwold.dkuug.dk/JTC1/SC22/WG14/www/docs/dr_211.htm
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * "5.2.4.2.2 paragraph #4
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *  The accuracy [...] is implementation defined, as is the accuracy
 | 
						|
 *  of the conversion between floating-point internal representations
 | 
						|
 *  and string representations performed by the libray routine in
 | 
						|
 *  <stdio.h>"
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
/* FIXME: handle all instances of constant long-double number (L)
 | 
						|
 *   and *l() math functions.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioWriteDouble
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS6((self, number, flags, width, precision, base),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   trio_long_double_t number,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width,
 | 
						|
	   int precision,
 | 
						|
	   int base)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_long_double_t integerNumber;
 | 
						|
  trio_long_double_t fractionNumber;
 | 
						|
  trio_long_double_t workNumber;
 | 
						|
  int integerDigits;
 | 
						|
  int fractionDigits;
 | 
						|
  int exponentDigits;
 | 
						|
  int baseDigits;
 | 
						|
  int integerThreshold;
 | 
						|
  int fractionThreshold;
 | 
						|
  int expectedWidth;
 | 
						|
  int exponent = 0;
 | 
						|
  unsigned int uExponent = 0;
 | 
						|
  int exponentBase;
 | 
						|
  trio_long_double_t dblBase;
 | 
						|
  trio_long_double_t dblIntegerBase;
 | 
						|
  trio_long_double_t dblFractionBase;
 | 
						|
  trio_long_double_t integerAdjust;
 | 
						|
  trio_long_double_t fractionAdjust;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T isNegative;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T isExponentNegative = FALSE;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T requireTwoDigitExponent;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T isHex;
 | 
						|
  TRIO_CONST char *digits;
 | 
						|
  char *groupingPointer;
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  int index;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T hasOnlyZeroes;
 | 
						|
  int zeroes = 0;
 | 
						|
  register int trailingZeroes;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T keepTrailingZeroes;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T keepDecimalPoint;
 | 
						|
  trio_long_double_t epsilon;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->OutStream));
 | 
						|
  assert(((base >= MIN_BASE) && (base <= MAX_BASE)) || (base == NO_BASE));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Determine sign and look for special quantities */
 | 
						|
  switch (trio_fpclassify_and_signbit(number, &isNegative))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case TRIO_FP_NAN:
 | 
						|
      TrioWriteString(self,
 | 
						|
		      (flags & FLAGS_UPPER)
 | 
						|
		      ? NAN_UPPER
 | 
						|
		      : NAN_LOWER,
 | 
						|
		      flags, width, precision);
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
    case TRIO_FP_INFINITE:
 | 
						|
      if (isNegative)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Negative infinity */
 | 
						|
	  TrioWriteString(self,
 | 
						|
			  (flags & FLAGS_UPPER)
 | 
						|
			  ? "-" INFINITE_UPPER
 | 
						|
			  : "-" INFINITE_LOWER,
 | 
						|
			  flags, width, precision);
 | 
						|
	  return;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Positive infinity */
 | 
						|
	  TrioWriteString(self,
 | 
						|
			  (flags & FLAGS_UPPER)
 | 
						|
			  ? INFINITE_UPPER
 | 
						|
			  : INFINITE_LOWER,
 | 
						|
			  flags, width, precision);
 | 
						|
	  return;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      /* Finitude */
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Normal numbers */
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      baseDigits = (base == 10)
 | 
						|
	? LDBL_DIG
 | 
						|
	: (int)floor(LDBL_MANT_DIG / TrioLogarithmBase(base));
 | 
						|
      epsilon = LDBL_EPSILON;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else if (flags & FLAGS_SHORT)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      baseDigits = (base == BASE_DECIMAL)
 | 
						|
	? FLT_DIG
 | 
						|
	: (int)floor(FLT_MANT_DIG / TrioLogarithmBase(base));
 | 
						|
      epsilon = FLT_EPSILON;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      baseDigits = (base == BASE_DECIMAL)
 | 
						|
	? DBL_DIG
 | 
						|
	: (int)floor(DBL_MANT_DIG / TrioLogarithmBase(base));
 | 
						|
      epsilon = DBL_EPSILON;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  digits = (flags & FLAGS_UPPER) ? internalDigitsUpper : internalDigitsLower;
 | 
						|
  isHex = (base == BASE_HEX);
 | 
						|
  if (base == NO_BASE)
 | 
						|
    base = BASE_DECIMAL;
 | 
						|
  dblBase = (trio_long_double_t)base;
 | 
						|
  keepTrailingZeroes = !( (flags & FLAGS_ROUNDING) ||
 | 
						|
			  ( (flags & FLAGS_FLOAT_G) &&
 | 
						|
			    !(flags & FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE) ) );
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_ROUNDING)
 | 
						|
    precision = baseDigits;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (precision == NO_PRECISION)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (isHex)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  keepTrailingZeroes = FALSE;
 | 
						|
	  precision = FLT_MANT_DIG;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  precision = FLT_DIG;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (isNegative)
 | 
						|
    number = -number;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isHex)
 | 
						|
    flags |= FLAGS_FLOAT_E;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_FLOAT_G)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (precision == 0)
 | 
						|
	precision = 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if ((number < 1.0E-4) || (number > powl(base,
 | 
						|
					      (trio_long_double_t)precision)))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Use scientific notation */
 | 
						|
	  flags |= FLAGS_FLOAT_E;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else if (number < 1.0)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /*
 | 
						|
	   * Use normal notation. If the integer part of the number is
 | 
						|
	   * zero, then adjust the precision to include leading fractional
 | 
						|
	   * zeros.
 | 
						|
	   */
 | 
						|
	  workNumber = TrioLogarithm(number, base);
 | 
						|
	  workNumber = TRIO_FABS(workNumber);
 | 
						|
	  if (workNumber - floorl(workNumber) < 0.001)
 | 
						|
	    workNumber--;
 | 
						|
	  zeroes = (int)floorl(workNumber);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_FLOAT_E)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* Scale the number */
 | 
						|
      workNumber = TrioLogarithm(number, base);
 | 
						|
      if (trio_isinf(workNumber) == -1)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  exponent = 0;
 | 
						|
	  /* Undo setting */
 | 
						|
	  if (flags & FLAGS_FLOAT_G)
 | 
						|
	    flags &= ~FLAGS_FLOAT_E;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  exponent = (int)floorl(workNumber);
 | 
						|
	  number /= powl(dblBase, (trio_long_double_t)exponent);
 | 
						|
	  isExponentNegative = (exponent < 0);
 | 
						|
	  uExponent = (isExponentNegative) ? -exponent : exponent;
 | 
						|
	  if (isHex)
 | 
						|
	    uExponent *= 4; /* log16(2) */
 | 
						|
	  /* No thousand separators */
 | 
						|
	  flags &= ~FLAGS_QUOTE;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  integerNumber = floorl(number);
 | 
						|
  fractionNumber = number - integerNumber;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * Truncated number.
 | 
						|
   *
 | 
						|
   * Precision is number of significant digits for FLOAT_G
 | 
						|
   * and number of fractional digits for others.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  integerDigits = (integerNumber > epsilon)
 | 
						|
    ? 1 + (int)TrioLogarithm(integerNumber, base)
 | 
						|
    : 1;
 | 
						|
  fractionDigits = ((flags & FLAGS_FLOAT_G) && (zeroes == 0))
 | 
						|
    ? precision - integerDigits
 | 
						|
    : zeroes + precision;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  dblFractionBase = TrioPower(base, fractionDigits);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  workNumber = number + 0.5 / dblFractionBase;
 | 
						|
  if (floorl(number) != floorl(workNumber))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (flags & FLAGS_FLOAT_E)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Adjust if number was rounded up one digit (ie. 0.99 to 1.00) */
 | 
						|
	  exponent++;
 | 
						|
	  isExponentNegative = (exponent < 0);
 | 
						|
	  uExponent = (isExponentNegative) ? -exponent : exponent;
 | 
						|
	  if (isHex)
 | 
						|
	    uExponent *= 4; /* log16(2) */
 | 
						|
	  workNumber = (number + 0.5 / dblFractionBase) / dblBase;
 | 
						|
	  integerNumber = floorl(workNumber);
 | 
						|
	  fractionNumber = workNumber - integerNumber;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Adjust if number was rounded up one digit (ie. 99 to 100) */
 | 
						|
	  integerNumber = floorl(number + 0.5);
 | 
						|
	  fractionNumber = 0.0;
 | 
						|
	  integerDigits = (integerNumber > epsilon)
 | 
						|
	    ? 1 + (int)TrioLogarithm(integerNumber, base)
 | 
						|
	    : 1;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Estimate accuracy */
 | 
						|
  integerAdjust = fractionAdjust = 0.5;
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_ROUNDING)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (integerDigits > baseDigits)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  integerThreshold = baseDigits;
 | 
						|
	  fractionDigits = 0;
 | 
						|
	  dblFractionBase = 1.0;
 | 
						|
	  fractionThreshold = 0;
 | 
						|
	  precision = 0; /* Disable decimal-point */
 | 
						|
	  integerAdjust = TrioPower(base, integerDigits - integerThreshold - 1);
 | 
						|
	  fractionAdjust = 0.0;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  integerThreshold = integerDigits;
 | 
						|
	  fractionThreshold = fractionDigits - integerThreshold;
 | 
						|
	  fractionAdjust = 1.0;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      integerThreshold = INT_MAX;
 | 
						|
      fractionThreshold = INT_MAX;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * Calculate expected width.
 | 
						|
   *  sign + integer part + thousands separators + decimal point
 | 
						|
   *  + fraction + exponent
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  fractionAdjust /= dblFractionBase;
 | 
						|
  hasOnlyZeroes = (floorl((fractionNumber + fractionAdjust) * dblFractionBase) < epsilon);
 | 
						|
  keepDecimalPoint = ( (flags & FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE) ||
 | 
						|
		       !((precision == 0) ||
 | 
						|
			 (!keepTrailingZeroes && hasOnlyZeroes)) );
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_FLOAT_E)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      exponentDigits = (uExponent == 0)
 | 
						|
	? 1
 | 
						|
	: (int)ceil(TrioLogarithm((double)(uExponent + 1),
 | 
						|
				  (isHex) ? 10.0 : base));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    exponentDigits = 0;
 | 
						|
  requireTwoDigitExponent = ((base == BASE_DECIMAL) && (exponentDigits == 1));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  expectedWidth = integerDigits + fractionDigits
 | 
						|
    + (keepDecimalPoint
 | 
						|
       ? internalDecimalPointLength
 | 
						|
       : 0)
 | 
						|
    + ((flags & FLAGS_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
       ? TrioCalcThousandSeparatorLength(integerDigits)
 | 
						|
       : 0);
 | 
						|
  if (isNegative || (flags & FLAGS_SHOWSIGN) || (flags & FLAGS_SPACE))
 | 
						|
    expectedWidth += sizeof("-") - 1;
 | 
						|
  if (exponentDigits > 0)
 | 
						|
    expectedWidth += exponentDigits +
 | 
						|
      ((requireTwoDigitExponent ? sizeof("E+0") : sizeof("E+")) - 1);
 | 
						|
  if (isHex)
 | 
						|
    expectedWidth += sizeof("0X") - 1;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Output prefixing */
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_NILPADDING)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* Leading zeros must be after sign */
 | 
						|
      if (isNegative)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, '-');
 | 
						|
      else if (flags & FLAGS_SHOWSIGN)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, '+');
 | 
						|
      else if (flags & FLAGS_SPACE)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, ' ');
 | 
						|
      if (isHex)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, '0');
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, (flags & FLAGS_UPPER) ? 'X' : 'x');
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      if (!(flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  for (i = expectedWidth; i < width; i++)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      self->OutStream(self, '0');
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* Leading spaces must be before sign */
 | 
						|
      if (!(flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  for (i = expectedWidth; i < width; i++)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      self->OutStream(self, CHAR_ADJUST);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      if (isNegative)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, '-');
 | 
						|
      else if (flags & FLAGS_SHOWSIGN)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, '+');
 | 
						|
      else if (flags & FLAGS_SPACE)
 | 
						|
	self->OutStream(self, ' ');
 | 
						|
      if (isHex)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, '0');
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, (flags & FLAGS_UPPER) ? 'X' : 'x');
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Output the integer part and thousand separators */
 | 
						|
  dblIntegerBase = 1.0 / TrioPower(base, integerDigits - 1);
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0; i < integerDigits; i++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      workNumber = floorl(((integerNumber + integerAdjust) * dblIntegerBase));
 | 
						|
      if (i > integerThreshold)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Beyond accuracy */
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, digits[0]);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, digits[(int)fmodl(workNumber, dblBase)]);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      dblIntegerBase *= dblBase;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (((flags & (FLAGS_FLOAT_E | FLAGS_QUOTE)) == FLAGS_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
	  && TrioFollowedBySeparator(integerDigits - i))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  for (groupingPointer = internalThousandSeparator;
 | 
						|
	       *groupingPointer != NIL;
 | 
						|
	       groupingPointer++)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      self->OutStream(self, *groupingPointer);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Insert decimal point and build the fraction part */
 | 
						|
  trailingZeroes = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (keepDecimalPoint)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (internalDecimalPoint)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, internalDecimalPoint);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  for (i = 0; i < internalDecimalPointLength; i++)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      self->OutStream(self, internalDecimalPointString[i]);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0; i < fractionDigits; i++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if ((integerDigits > integerThreshold) || (i > fractionThreshold))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Beyond accuracy */
 | 
						|
	  trailingZeroes++;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  fractionNumber *= dblBase;
 | 
						|
	  fractionAdjust *= dblBase;
 | 
						|
	  workNumber = floorl(fractionNumber + fractionAdjust);
 | 
						|
	  fractionNumber -= workNumber;
 | 
						|
	  index = (int)fmodl(workNumber, dblBase);
 | 
						|
	  if (index == 0)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      trailingZeroes++;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      while (trailingZeroes > 0)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  /* Not trailing zeroes after all */
 | 
						|
		  self->OutStream(self, digits[0]);
 | 
						|
		  trailingZeroes--;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      self->OutStream(self, digits[index]);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (keepTrailingZeroes)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      while (trailingZeroes > 0)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, digits[0]);
 | 
						|
	  trailingZeroes--;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Output exponent */
 | 
						|
  if (exponentDigits > 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->OutStream(self,
 | 
						|
		      isHex
 | 
						|
		      ? ((flags & FLAGS_UPPER) ? 'P' : 'p')
 | 
						|
		      : ((flags & FLAGS_UPPER) ? 'E' : 'e'));
 | 
						|
      self->OutStream(self, (isExponentNegative) ? '-' : '+');
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* The exponent must contain at least two digits */
 | 
						|
      if (requireTwoDigitExponent)
 | 
						|
        self->OutStream(self, '0');
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (isHex)
 | 
						|
	base = 10.0;
 | 
						|
      exponentBase = (int)TrioPower(base, exponentDigits - 1);
 | 
						|
      for (i = 0; i < exponentDigits; i++)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, digits[(uExponent / exponentBase) % base]);
 | 
						|
	  exponentBase /= base;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  /* Output trailing spaces */
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      for (i = expectedWidth; i < width; i++)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->OutStream(self, CHAR_ADJUST);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioFormatProcess
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Description:
 | 
						|
 *  This is the main engine for formatting output
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioFormatProcess
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((data, format, parameters),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *data,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_parameter_t *parameters)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE)
 | 
						|
  int charlen;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  TRIO_CONST char *string;
 | 
						|
  trio_pointer_t pointer;
 | 
						|
  trio_flags_t flags;
 | 
						|
  int width;
 | 
						|
  int precision;
 | 
						|
  int base;
 | 
						|
  int index;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  index = 0;
 | 
						|
  i = 0;
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE)
 | 
						|
  (void)mblen(NULL, 0);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  while (format[index])
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE)
 | 
						|
      if (! isascii(format[index]))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  charlen = mblen(&format[index], MB_LEN_MAX);
 | 
						|
	  /*
 | 
						|
	   * Only valid multibyte characters are handled here. Invalid
 | 
						|
	   * multibyte characters (charlen == -1) are handled as normal
 | 
						|
	   * characters.
 | 
						|
	   */
 | 
						|
	  if (charlen != -1)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      while (charlen-- > 0)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  data->OutStream(data, format[index++]);
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      continue; /* while characters left in formatting string */
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
#endif /* TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE */
 | 
						|
      if (CHAR_IDENTIFIER == format[index])
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (CHAR_IDENTIFIER == format[index + 1])
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      data->OutStream(data, CHAR_IDENTIFIER);
 | 
						|
	      index += 2;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* Skip the parameter entries */
 | 
						|
	      while (parameters[i].type == FORMAT_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
		i++;
 | 
						|
	      
 | 
						|
	      flags = parameters[i].flags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	      /* Find width */
 | 
						|
	      width = parameters[i].width;
 | 
						|
	      if (flags & FLAGS_WIDTH_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  /* Get width from parameter list */
 | 
						|
		  width = (int)parameters[width].data.number.as_signed;
 | 
						|
		  if (width < 0)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      /*
 | 
						|
		       * A negative width is the same as the - flag and
 | 
						|
		       * a positive width.
 | 
						|
		       */
 | 
						|
		      flags |= FLAGS_LEFTADJUST;
 | 
						|
		      flags &= ~FLAGS_NILPADDING;
 | 
						|
		      width = -width;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      
 | 
						|
	      /* Find precision */
 | 
						|
	      if (flags & FLAGS_PRECISION)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  precision = parameters[i].precision;
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_PRECISION_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      /* Get precision from parameter list */
 | 
						|
		      precision = (int)parameters[precision].data.number.as_signed;
 | 
						|
		      if (precision < 0)
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  /*
 | 
						|
			   * A negative precision is the same as no
 | 
						|
			   * precision
 | 
						|
			   */
 | 
						|
			  precision = NO_PRECISION;
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  precision = NO_PRECISION;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	      /* Find base */
 | 
						|
	      base = parameters[i].base;
 | 
						|
	      if (flags & FLAGS_BASE_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  /* Get base from parameter list */
 | 
						|
		  base = (int)parameters[base].data.number.as_signed;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      
 | 
						|
	      switch (parameters[i].type)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		case FORMAT_CHAR:
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
		    data->OutStream(data, CHAR_QUOTE);
 | 
						|
		  if (! (flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST))
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      while (--width > 0)
 | 
						|
			data->OutStream(data, CHAR_ADJUST);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_WIDECHAR
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_WIDECHAR)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      TrioWriteWideStringCharacter(data,
 | 
						|
						   (trio_wchar_t)parameters[i].data.number.as_signed,
 | 
						|
						   flags,
 | 
						|
						   NO_WIDTH);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      TrioWriteStringCharacter(data,
 | 
						|
					       (int)parameters[i].data.number.as_signed,
 | 
						|
					       flags);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      while(--width > 0)
 | 
						|
			data->OutStream(data, CHAR_ADJUST);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
		    data->OutStream(data, CHAR_QUOTE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		  break; /* FORMAT_CHAR */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case FORMAT_INT:
 | 
						|
		  TrioWriteNumber(data,
 | 
						|
				  parameters[i].data.number.as_unsigned,
 | 
						|
				  flags,
 | 
						|
				  width,
 | 
						|
				  precision,
 | 
						|
				  base);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		  break; /* FORMAT_INT */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case FORMAT_DOUBLE:
 | 
						|
		  TrioWriteDouble(data,
 | 
						|
				  parameters[i].data.longdoubleNumber,
 | 
						|
				  flags,
 | 
						|
				  width,
 | 
						|
				  precision,
 | 
						|
				  base);
 | 
						|
		  break; /* FORMAT_DOUBLE */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case FORMAT_STRING:
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_WIDECHAR
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_WIDECHAR)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      TrioWriteWideString(data,
 | 
						|
					  parameters[i].data.wstring,
 | 
						|
					  flags,
 | 
						|
					  width,
 | 
						|
					  precision);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      TrioWriteString(data,
 | 
						|
				      parameters[i].data.string,
 | 
						|
				      flags,
 | 
						|
				      width,
 | 
						|
				      precision);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  break; /* FORMAT_STRING */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case FORMAT_POINTER:
 | 
						|
		  {
 | 
						|
		    trio_reference_t reference;
 | 
						|
		    
 | 
						|
		    reference.data = data;
 | 
						|
		    reference.parameter = ¶meters[i];
 | 
						|
		    trio_print_pointer(&reference, parameters[i].data.pointer);
 | 
						|
		  }
 | 
						|
		  break; /* FORMAT_POINTER */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case FORMAT_COUNT:
 | 
						|
		  pointer = parameters[i].data.pointer;
 | 
						|
		  if (NULL != pointer)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      /*
 | 
						|
		       * C99 paragraph 7.19.6.1.8 says "the number of
 | 
						|
		       * characters written to the output stream so far by
 | 
						|
		       * this call", which is data->committed
 | 
						|
		       */
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T) || defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T_UPPER)
 | 
						|
		      if (flags & FLAGS_SIZE_T)
 | 
						|
			*(size_t *)pointer = (size_t)data->committed;
 | 
						|
		      else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_PTRDIFF_T)
 | 
						|
		      if (flags & FLAGS_PTRDIFF_T)
 | 
						|
			*(ptrdiff_t *)pointer = (ptrdiff_t)data->committed;
 | 
						|
		      else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
		      if (flags & FLAGS_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
			*(trio_intmax_t *)pointer = (trio_intmax_t)data->committed;
 | 
						|
		      else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		      if (flags & FLAGS_QUAD)
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  *(trio_ulonglong_t *)pointer = (trio_ulonglong_t)data->committed;
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		      else if (flags & FLAGS_LONG)
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  *(long int *)pointer = (long int)data->committed;
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		      else if (flags & FLAGS_SHORT)
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  *(short int *)pointer = (short int)data->committed;
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		      else
 | 
						|
			{
 | 
						|
			  *(int *)pointer = (int)data->committed;
 | 
						|
			}
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  break; /* FORMAT_COUNT */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		case FORMAT_PARAMETER:
 | 
						|
		  break; /* FORMAT_PARAMETER */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(FORMAT_ERRNO)
 | 
						|
		case FORMAT_ERRNO:
 | 
						|
		  string = trio_error(parameters[i].data.errorNumber);
 | 
						|
		  if (string)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      TrioWriteString(data,
 | 
						|
				      string,
 | 
						|
				      flags,
 | 
						|
				      width,
 | 
						|
				      precision);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      data->OutStream(data, '#');
 | 
						|
		      TrioWriteNumber(data,
 | 
						|
				      (trio_uintmax_t)parameters[i].data.errorNumber,
 | 
						|
				      flags,
 | 
						|
				      width,
 | 
						|
				      precision,
 | 
						|
				      BASE_DECIMAL);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  break; /* FORMAT_ERRNO */
 | 
						|
#endif /* defined(FORMAT_ERRNO) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(FORMAT_USER_DEFINED)
 | 
						|
		case FORMAT_USER_DEFINED:
 | 
						|
		  {
 | 
						|
		    trio_reference_t reference;
 | 
						|
		    trio_userdef_t *def = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		    if (parameters[i].user_name[0] == NIL)
 | 
						|
		      {
 | 
						|
			/* Use handle */
 | 
						|
			if ((i > 0) ||
 | 
						|
			    (parameters[i - 1].type == FORMAT_PARAMETER))
 | 
						|
			  def = (trio_userdef_t *)parameters[i - 1].data.pointer;
 | 
						|
		      }
 | 
						|
		    else
 | 
						|
		      {
 | 
						|
			/* Look up namespace */
 | 
						|
			def = TrioFindNamespace(parameters[i].user_name, NULL);
 | 
						|
		      }
 | 
						|
		    if (def) {
 | 
						|
		      reference.data = data;
 | 
						|
		      reference.parameter = ¶meters[i];
 | 
						|
		      def->callback(&reference);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  }
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
#endif /* defined(FORMAT_USER_DEFINED) */
 | 
						|
		  
 | 
						|
		default:
 | 
						|
		  break;
 | 
						|
		} /* switch parameter type */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	      /* Prepare for next */
 | 
						|
	      index = parameters[i].indexAfterSpecifier;
 | 
						|
	      i++;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else /* not identifier */
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  data->OutStream(data, format[index++]);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return data->processed;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioFormatRef
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioFormatRef
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((reference, format, arglist, argarray),
 | 
						|
	   trio_reference_t *reference,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list *arglist,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *argarray)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  trio_parameter_t parameters[MAX_PARAMETERS];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  status = TrioParse(TYPE_PRINT, format, parameters, arglist, argarray);
 | 
						|
  if (status < 0)
 | 
						|
    return status;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormatProcess(reference->data, format, parameters);
 | 
						|
  if (reference->data->error != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      status = reference->data->error;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioFormat
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioFormat
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS6((destination, destinationSize, OutStream, format, arglist, argarray),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t destination,
 | 
						|
	   size_t destinationSize,
 | 
						|
	   void (*OutStream) TRIO_PROTO((trio_class_t *, int)),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list *arglist,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *argarray)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  trio_class_t data;
 | 
						|
  trio_parameter_t parameters[MAX_PARAMETERS];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(OutStream));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data));
 | 
						|
  data.OutStream = OutStream;
 | 
						|
  data.location = destination;
 | 
						|
  data.max = destinationSize;
 | 
						|
  data.error = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(USE_LOCALE)
 | 
						|
  if (NULL == internalLocaleValues)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      TrioSetLocale();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  status = TrioParse(TYPE_PRINT, format, parameters, arglist, argarray);
 | 
						|
  if (status < 0)
 | 
						|
    return status;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormatProcess(&data, format, parameters);
 | 
						|
  if (data.error != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      status = data.error;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioOutStreamFile
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioOutStreamFile
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((self, output),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   int output)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  FILE *file;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->location));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  file = (FILE *)self->location;
 | 
						|
  self->processed++;
 | 
						|
  if (fputc(output, file) == EOF)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->error = TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EOF, 0);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->committed++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioOutStreamFileDescriptor
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioOutStreamFileDescriptor
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((self, output),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   int output)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int fd;
 | 
						|
  char ch;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  fd = *((int *)self->location);
 | 
						|
  ch = (char)output;
 | 
						|
  self->processed++;
 | 
						|
  if (write(fd, &ch, sizeof(char)) == -1)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->error = TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_ERRNO, 0);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->committed++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioOutStreamCustom
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioOutStreamCustom
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((self, output),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   int output)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  trio_custom_t *data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->location));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  data = (trio_custom_t *)self->location;
 | 
						|
  if (data->stream.out)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      status = (data->stream.out)(data->closure, output);
 | 
						|
      if (status >= 0)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->committed++;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (self->error == 0)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      self->error = TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_ECUSTOM, -status);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  self->processed++;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioOutStreamString
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioOutStreamString
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((self, output),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   int output)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  char **buffer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->location));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  buffer = (char **)self->location;
 | 
						|
  **buffer = (char)output;
 | 
						|
  (*buffer)++;
 | 
						|
  self->processed++;
 | 
						|
  self->committed++;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioOutStreamStringMax
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioOutStreamStringMax
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((self, output),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   int output)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  char **buffer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->location));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  buffer = (char **)self->location;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (self->processed < self->max)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      **buffer = (char)output;
 | 
						|
      (*buffer)++;
 | 
						|
      self->committed++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  self->processed++;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioOutStreamStringDynamic
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioOutStreamStringDynamic
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((self, output),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   int output)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->location));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (self->error == 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      trio_xstring_append_char((trio_string_t *)self->location,
 | 
						|
			       (char)output);
 | 
						|
      self->committed++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  /* The processed variable must always be increased */
 | 
						|
  self->processed++;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Formatted printing functions
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 ************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_DOCUMENTATION)
 | 
						|
# include "doc/doc_printf.h"
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
/** @addtogroup Printf
 | 
						|
    @{
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * printf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to standard output stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param ... Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_printf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS2((format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(stdout, 0, TrioOutStreamFile, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to standard output stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param args Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((format, args),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return TrioFormat(stdout, 0, TrioOutStreamFile, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to standard output stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param args Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_printfv
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((format, args),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t * args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return TrioFormat(stdout, 0, TrioOutStreamFile, format, NULL, args);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * fprintf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param file File pointer.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param ... Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_fprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS3((file, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    FILE *file,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(file));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(file, 0, TrioOutStreamFile, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param file File pointer.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param args Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vfprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((file, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   FILE *file,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(file));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioFormat(file, 0, TrioOutStreamFile, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param file File pointer.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param args Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_fprintfv
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((file, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   FILE *file,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t * args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(file));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioFormat(file, 0, TrioOutStreamFile, format, NULL, args);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * dprintf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to file descriptor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param fd File descriptor.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param ... Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_dprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS3((fd, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    int fd,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(&fd, 0, TrioOutStreamFileDescriptor, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to file descriptor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param fd File descriptor.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param args Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vdprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((fd, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   int fd,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioFormat(&fd, 0, TrioOutStreamFileDescriptor, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to file descriptor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param fd File descriptor.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param args Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_dprintfv
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((fd, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   int fd,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioFormat(&fd, 0, TrioOutStreamFileDescriptor, format, NULL, args);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * cprintf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_cprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS4((stream, closure, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    trio_outstream_t stream,
 | 
						|
	    trio_pointer_t closure,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
  trio_custom_t data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(stream));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
  data.stream.out = stream;
 | 
						|
  data.closure = closure;
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(&data, 0, TrioOutStreamCustom, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vcprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((stream, closure, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   trio_outstream_t stream,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t closure,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_custom_t data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(stream));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  data.stream.out = stream;
 | 
						|
  data.closure = closure;
 | 
						|
  return TrioFormat(&data, 0, TrioOutStreamCustom, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_cprintfv
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((stream, closure, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   trio_outstream_t stream,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t closure,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   void **args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_custom_t data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(stream));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  data.stream.out = stream;
 | 
						|
  data.closure = closure;
 | 
						|
  return TrioFormat(&data, 0, TrioOutStreamCustom, format, NULL, args);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * sprintf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param buffer Output string.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param ... Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_sprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS3((buffer, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    char *buffer,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(buffer));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(&buffer, 0, TrioOutStreamString, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  *buffer = NIL; /* Terminate with NIL character */
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param buffer Output string.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param args Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vsprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((buffer, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   char *buffer,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(buffer));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(&buffer, 0, TrioOutStreamString, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  *buffer = NIL;
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print to string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param buffer Output string.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param args Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_sprintfv
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((buffer, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   char *buffer,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(buffer));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(&buffer, 0, TrioOutStreamString, format, NULL, args);
 | 
						|
  *buffer = NIL;
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * snprintf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print at most @p max characters to string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param buffer Output string.
 | 
						|
   @param max Maximum number of characters to print.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param ... Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_snprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS4((buffer, max, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    char *buffer,
 | 
						|
	    size_t max,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(buffer));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(&buffer, max > 0 ? max - 1 : 0,
 | 
						|
		      TrioOutStreamStringMax, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  if (max > 0)
 | 
						|
    *buffer = NIL;
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print at most @p max characters to string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param buffer Output string.
 | 
						|
   @param max Maximum number of characters to print.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param args Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vsnprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((buffer, max, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   char *buffer,
 | 
						|
	   size_t max,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(buffer));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(&buffer, max > 0 ? max - 1 : 0,
 | 
						|
		      TrioOutStreamStringMax, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  if (max > 0)
 | 
						|
    *buffer = NIL;
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Print at most @p max characters to string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param buffer Output string.
 | 
						|
   @param max Maximum number of characters to print.
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param args Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of printed characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_snprintfv
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((buffer, max, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   char *buffer,
 | 
						|
	   size_t max,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(buffer));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(&buffer, max > 0 ? max - 1 : 0,
 | 
						|
		      TrioOutStreamStringMax, format, NULL, args);
 | 
						|
  if (max > 0)
 | 
						|
    *buffer = NIL;
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * snprintfcat
 | 
						|
 * Appends the new string to the buffer string overwriting the '\0'
 | 
						|
 * character at the end of buffer.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_snprintfcat
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS4((buffer, max, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    char *buffer,
 | 
						|
	    size_t max,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
  size_t buf_len;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(buffer));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  buf_len = trio_length(buffer);
 | 
						|
  buffer = &buffer[buf_len];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(&buffer, max - 1 - buf_len,
 | 
						|
		      TrioOutStreamStringMax, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  *buffer = NIL;
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vsnprintfcat
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((buffer, max, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   char *buffer,
 | 
						|
	   size_t max,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  size_t buf_len;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(buffer));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  buf_len = trio_length(buffer);
 | 
						|
  buffer = &buffer[buf_len];
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormat(&buffer, max - 1 - buf_len,
 | 
						|
		      TrioOutStreamStringMax, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  *buffer = NIL;
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_aprintf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Deprecated */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC char *
 | 
						|
trio_aprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS2((format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
  trio_string_t *info;
 | 
						|
  char *result = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  info = trio_xstring_duplicate("");
 | 
						|
  if (info)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
      (void)TrioFormat(info, 0, TrioOutStreamStringDynamic,
 | 
						|
		       format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
      TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      trio_string_terminate(info);
 | 
						|
      result = trio_string_extract(info);
 | 
						|
      trio_string_destroy(info);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Deprecated */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC char *
 | 
						|
trio_vaprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((format, args),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_string_t *info;
 | 
						|
  char *result = NULL;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  info = trio_xstring_duplicate("");
 | 
						|
  if (info)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      (void)TrioFormat(info, 0, TrioOutStreamStringDynamic,
 | 
						|
		       format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
      trio_string_terminate(info);
 | 
						|
      result = trio_string_extract(info);
 | 
						|
      trio_string_destroy(info);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_asprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS3((result, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    char **result,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  trio_string_t *info;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  *result = NULL;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  info = trio_xstring_duplicate("");
 | 
						|
  if (info == NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      status = TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_ENOMEM, 0);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
      status = TrioFormat(info, 0, TrioOutStreamStringDynamic,
 | 
						|
			  format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
      TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
      if (status >= 0)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  trio_string_terminate(info);
 | 
						|
	  *result = trio_string_extract(info);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      trio_string_destroy(info);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vasprintf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((result, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   char **result,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  trio_string_t *info;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  *result = NULL;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  info = trio_xstring_duplicate("");
 | 
						|
  if (info == NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      status = TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_ENOMEM, 0);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      status = TrioFormat(info, 0, TrioOutStreamStringDynamic,
 | 
						|
			  format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
      if (status >= 0)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  trio_string_terminate(info);
 | 
						|
	  *result = trio_string_extract(info);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      trio_string_destroy(info);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** @} End of Printf documentation module */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * CALLBACK
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 ************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_DOCUMENTATION)
 | 
						|
# include "doc/doc_register.h"
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   @addtogroup UserDefined
 | 
						|
   @{
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_register
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Register new user-defined specifier.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param callback
 | 
						|
   @param name
 | 
						|
   @return Handle.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC trio_pointer_t 
 | 
						|
trio_register
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((callback, name),
 | 
						|
	   trio_callback_t callback,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *name)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_userdef_t *def;
 | 
						|
  trio_userdef_t *prev = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (callback == NULL)
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (name)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* Handle built-in namespaces */
 | 
						|
      if (name[0] == ':')
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (trio_equal(name, ":enter"))
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      internalEnterCriticalRegion = callback;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else if (trio_equal(name, ":leave"))
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      internalLeaveCriticalRegion = callback;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  return NULL;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      /* Bail out if namespace is too long */
 | 
						|
      if (trio_length(name) >= MAX_USER_NAME)
 | 
						|
	return NULL;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      /* Bail out if namespace already is registered */
 | 
						|
      def = TrioFindNamespace(name, &prev);
 | 
						|
      if (def)
 | 
						|
	return NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  def = (trio_userdef_t *)TRIO_MALLOC(sizeof(trio_userdef_t));
 | 
						|
  if (def)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (internalEnterCriticalRegion)
 | 
						|
	(void)internalEnterCriticalRegion(NULL);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (name)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Link into internal list */
 | 
						|
	  if (prev == NULL)
 | 
						|
	    internalUserDef = def;
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    prev->next = def;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      /* Initialize */
 | 
						|
      def->callback = callback;
 | 
						|
      def->name = (name == NULL)
 | 
						|
	? NULL
 | 
						|
	: trio_duplicate(name);
 | 
						|
      def->next = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (internalLeaveCriticalRegion)
 | 
						|
	(void)internalLeaveCriticalRegion(NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return (trio_pointer_t)def;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Unregister an existing user-defined specifier.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param handle
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_unregister
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((handle),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t handle)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_userdef_t *self = (trio_userdef_t *)handle;
 | 
						|
  trio_userdef_t *def;
 | 
						|
  trio_userdef_t *prev = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (self->name)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      def = TrioFindNamespace(self->name, &prev);
 | 
						|
      if (def)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (internalEnterCriticalRegion)
 | 
						|
	    (void)internalEnterCriticalRegion(NULL);
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  if (prev == NULL)
 | 
						|
	    internalUserDef = NULL;
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    prev->next = def->next;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  if (internalLeaveCriticalRegion)
 | 
						|
	    (void)internalLeaveCriticalRegion(NULL);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      trio_destroy(self->name);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  TRIO_FREE(self);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_format [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_CONST char *
 | 
						|
trio_get_format
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#if defined(FORMAT_USER_DEFINED)
 | 
						|
  assert(((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->type == FORMAT_USER_DEFINED);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->user_data);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_argument [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
trio_pointer_t 
 | 
						|
trio_get_argument
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#if defined(FORMAT_USER_DEFINED)
 | 
						|
  assert(((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->type == FORMAT_USER_DEFINED);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->data.pointer;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_width / trio_set_width [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_width
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->width;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_width
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, width),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int width)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->width = width;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_precision / trio_set_precision [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_precision
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->precision);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_precision
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, precision),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int precision)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->precision = precision;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_base / trio_set_base [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_base
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->base);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_base
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, base),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int base)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->base = base;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_long / trio_set_long [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_long
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_LONG)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_long
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_long),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_long)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_long)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_LONG;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_LONG;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_longlong / trio_set_longlong [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_longlong
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_QUAD)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_longlong
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_longlong),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_longlong)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_longlong)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_QUAD;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_QUAD;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_longdouble / trio_set_longdouble [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_longdouble
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_longdouble
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_longdouble),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_longdouble)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_longdouble)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_short / trio_set_short [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_short
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_SHORT)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_short
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_short),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_short)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_short)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_SHORT;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_SHORT;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_shortshort / trio_set_shortshort [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_shortshort
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_SHORTSHORT)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_shortshort
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_shortshort),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_shortshort)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_shortshort)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_SHORTSHORT;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_SHORTSHORT;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_alternative / trio_set_alternative [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_alternative
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_alternative
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_alternative),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_alternative)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_alternative)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_alignment / trio_set_alignment [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_alignment
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_LEFTADJUST)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_alignment
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_leftaligned),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_leftaligned)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_leftaligned)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_LEFTADJUST;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_LEFTADJUST;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_spacing /trio_set_spacing [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_spacing
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_SPACE)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_spacing
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_space),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_space)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_space)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_SPACE;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_SPACE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_sign / trio_set_sign [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_sign
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_SHOWSIGN)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_sign
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_sign),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_sign)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_sign)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_SHOWSIGN;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_SHOWSIGN;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_padding / trio_set_padding [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_padding
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_NILPADDING)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_padding
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_padding),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_padding)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_padding)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_NILPADDING;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_NILPADDING;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_quote / trio_set_quote [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_quote
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_quote
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_quote),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_quote)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_quote)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_QUOTE;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_QUOTE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_upper / trio_set_upper [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_upper
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_UPPER)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_upper
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_upper),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_upper)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_upper)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_UPPER;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_UPPER;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_largest / trio_set_largest [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_C99
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_largest
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_largest
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_largest),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_largest)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_largest)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_INTMAX_T;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_INTMAX_T;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_ptrdiff / trio_set_ptrdiff [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_ptrdiff
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_PTRDIFF_T)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_ptrdiff
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_ptrdiff),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_ptrdiff)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_ptrdiff)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_PTRDIFF_T;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_PTRDIFF_T;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_get_size / trio_set_size [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_C99
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_get_size
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((ref),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags & FLAGS_SIZE_T)
 | 
						|
    ? TRUE
 | 
						|
    : FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_set_size
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, is_size),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int is_size)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (is_size)
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags |= FLAGS_SIZE_T;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ((trio_reference_t *)ref)->parameter->flags &= ~FLAGS_SIZE_T;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_print_int [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_print_int
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, number),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   int number)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_reference_t *self = (trio_reference_t *)ref;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TrioWriteNumber(self->data,
 | 
						|
		  (trio_uintmax_t)number,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->flags,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->width,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->precision,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->base);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_print_uint [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_print_uint
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, number),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   unsigned int number)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_reference_t *self = (trio_reference_t *)ref;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TrioWriteNumber(self->data,
 | 
						|
		  (trio_uintmax_t)number,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->flags | FLAGS_UNSIGNED,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->width,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->precision,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->base);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_print_double [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_print_double
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, number),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   double number)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_reference_t *self = (trio_reference_t *)ref;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TrioWriteDouble(self->data,
 | 
						|
		  number,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->flags,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->width,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->precision,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->base);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_print_string [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_print_string
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, string),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   char *string)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_reference_t *self = (trio_reference_t *)ref;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TrioWriteString(self->data,
 | 
						|
		  string,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->flags,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->width,
 | 
						|
		  self->parameter->precision);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_print_ref [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_print_ref
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS3((ref, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list arglist;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(arglist, format);
 | 
						|
  status = TrioFormatRef((trio_reference_t *)ref, format, &arglist, NULL);
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(arglist);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_vprint_ref [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_vprint_ref
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((ref, format, arglist),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list arglist)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioFormatRef((trio_reference_t *)ref, format, &arglist, NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_printv_ref [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
trio_printv_ref
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((ref, format, argarray),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *argarray)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioFormatRef((trio_reference_t *)ref, format, NULL, argarray);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#endif /* TRIO_EXTENSION */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_print_pointer [public]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
trio_print_pointer
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((ref, pointer),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t ref,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t pointer)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_reference_t *self = (trio_reference_t *)ref;
 | 
						|
  trio_flags_t flags;
 | 
						|
  trio_uintmax_t number;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (NULL == pointer)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      TRIO_CONST char *string = internalNullString;
 | 
						|
      while (*string)
 | 
						|
	self->data->OutStream(self->data, *string++);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
       * The subtraction of the null pointer is a workaround
 | 
						|
       * to avoid a compiler warning. The performance overhead
 | 
						|
       * is negligible (and likely to be removed by an
 | 
						|
       * optimizing compiler). The (char *) casting is done
 | 
						|
       * to please ANSI C++.
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
      number = (trio_uintmax_t)((char *)pointer - (char *)0);
 | 
						|
      /* Shrink to size of pointer */
 | 
						|
      number &= (trio_uintmax_t)-1;
 | 
						|
      flags = self->parameter->flags;
 | 
						|
      flags |= (FLAGS_UNSIGNED | FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE |
 | 
						|
	        FLAGS_NILPADDING);
 | 
						|
      TrioWriteNumber(self->data,
 | 
						|
		      number,
 | 
						|
		      flags,
 | 
						|
		      POINTER_WIDTH,
 | 
						|
		      NO_PRECISION,
 | 
						|
		      BASE_HEX);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** @} End of UserDefined documentation module */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * LOCALES
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 ************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_locale_set_decimal_point
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Decimal point can only be one character. The input argument is a
 | 
						|
 * string to enable multibyte characters. At most MB_LEN_MAX characters
 | 
						|
 * will be used.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC void
 | 
						|
trio_locale_set_decimal_point
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((decimalPoint),
 | 
						|
	   char *decimalPoint)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#if defined(USE_LOCALE)
 | 
						|
  if (NULL == internalLocaleValues)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      TrioSetLocale();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  internalDecimalPointLength = trio_length(decimalPoint);
 | 
						|
  if (internalDecimalPointLength == 1)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      internalDecimalPoint = *decimalPoint;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      internalDecimalPoint = NIL;
 | 
						|
      trio_copy_max(internalDecimalPointString,
 | 
						|
		    sizeof(internalDecimalPointString),
 | 
						|
		    decimalPoint);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_locale_set_thousand_separator
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * See trio_locale_set_decimal_point
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC void
 | 
						|
trio_locale_set_thousand_separator
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((thousandSeparator),
 | 
						|
	   char *thousandSeparator)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#if defined(USE_LOCALE)
 | 
						|
  if (NULL == internalLocaleValues)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      TrioSetLocale();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  trio_copy_max(internalThousandSeparator,
 | 
						|
		sizeof(internalThousandSeparator),
 | 
						|
		thousandSeparator);
 | 
						|
  internalThousandSeparatorLength = trio_length(internalThousandSeparator);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_locale_set_grouping
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Array of bytes. Reversed order.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *  CHAR_MAX : No further grouping
 | 
						|
 *  0        : Repeat last group for the remaining digits (not necessary
 | 
						|
 *             as C strings are zero-terminated)
 | 
						|
 *  n        : Set current group to n
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Same order as the grouping attribute in LC_NUMERIC.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC void
 | 
						|
trio_locale_set_grouping
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((grouping),
 | 
						|
	   char *grouping)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#if defined(USE_LOCALE)
 | 
						|
  if (NULL == internalLocaleValues)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      TrioSetLocale();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  trio_copy_max(internalGrouping,
 | 
						|
		sizeof(internalGrouping),
 | 
						|
		grouping);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * SCANNING
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 ************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioSkipWhitespaces
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioSkipWhitespaces
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((self),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int ch;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ch = self->current;
 | 
						|
  while (isspace(ch))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return ch;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioGetCollation
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioGetCollation(TRIO_NOARGS)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  int j;
 | 
						|
  int k;
 | 
						|
  char first[2];
 | 
						|
  char second[2];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* This is computationally expensive */
 | 
						|
  first[1] = NIL;
 | 
						|
  second[1] = NIL;
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      k = 0;
 | 
						|
      first[0] = (char)i;
 | 
						|
      for (j = 0; j < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; j++)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  second[0] = (char)j;
 | 
						|
	  if (trio_equal_locale(first, second))
 | 
						|
	    internalCollationArray[i][k++] = (char)j;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      internalCollationArray[i][k] = NIL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioGetCharacterClass
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * FIXME:
 | 
						|
 *  multibyte
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioGetCharacterClass
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((format, indexPointer, flagsPointer, characterclass),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   int *indexPointer,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t *flagsPointer,
 | 
						|
	   int *characterclass)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int index = *indexPointer;
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  char ch;
 | 
						|
  char range_begin;
 | 
						|
  char range_end;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  *flagsPointer &= ~FLAGS_EXCLUDE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (format[index] == QUALIFIER_CIRCUMFLEX)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *flagsPointer |= FLAGS_EXCLUDE;
 | 
						|
      index++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * If the ungroup character is at the beginning of the scanlist,
 | 
						|
   * it will be part of the class, and a second ungroup character
 | 
						|
   * must follow to end the group.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  if (format[index] == SPECIFIER_UNGROUP)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      characterclass[(int)SPECIFIER_UNGROUP]++;
 | 
						|
      index++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * Minus is used to specify ranges. To include minus in the class,
 | 
						|
   * it must be at the beginning of the list
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  if (format[index] == QUALIFIER_MINUS)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      characterclass[(int)QUALIFIER_MINUS]++;
 | 
						|
      index++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  /* Collect characters */
 | 
						|
  for (ch = format[index];
 | 
						|
       (ch != SPECIFIER_UNGROUP) && (ch != NIL);
 | 
						|
       ch = format[++index])
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      switch (ch)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	case QUALIFIER_MINUS: /* Scanlist ranges */
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  /*
 | 
						|
	   * Both C99 and UNIX98 describes ranges as implementation-
 | 
						|
	   * defined.
 | 
						|
	   *
 | 
						|
	   * We support the following behaviour (although this may
 | 
						|
	   * change as we become wiser)
 | 
						|
	   * - only increasing ranges, ie. [a-b] but not [b-a]
 | 
						|
	   * - transitive ranges, ie. [a-b-c] == [a-c]
 | 
						|
	   * - trailing minus, ie. [a-] is interpreted as an 'a'
 | 
						|
	   *   and a '-'
 | 
						|
	   * - duplicates (although we can easily convert these
 | 
						|
	   *   into errors)
 | 
						|
	   */
 | 
						|
	  range_begin = format[index - 1];
 | 
						|
	  range_end = format[++index];
 | 
						|
	  if (range_end == SPECIFIER_UNGROUP)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* Trailing minus is included */
 | 
						|
	      characterclass[(int)ch]++;
 | 
						|
	      ch = range_end;
 | 
						|
	      break; /* for */
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  if (range_end == NIL)
 | 
						|
	    return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
	  if (range_begin > range_end)
 | 
						|
	    return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_ERANGE, index);
 | 
						|
	    
 | 
						|
	  for (i = (int)range_begin; i <= (int)range_end; i++)
 | 
						|
	    characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
	    
 | 
						|
	  ch = range_end;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_EXTENSION
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	case SPECIFIER_GROUP:
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  switch (format[index + 1])
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	    case QUALIFIER_DOT: /* Collating symbol */
 | 
						|
	      /*
 | 
						|
	       * FIXME: This will be easier to implement when multibyte
 | 
						|
	       * characters have been implemented. Until now, we ignore
 | 
						|
	       * this feature.
 | 
						|
	       */
 | 
						|
	      for (i = index + 2; ; i++)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  if (format[i] == NIL)
 | 
						|
		    /* Error in syntax */
 | 
						|
		    return -1;
 | 
						|
		  else if (format[i] == QUALIFIER_DOT)
 | 
						|
		    break; /* for */
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      if (format[++i] != SPECIFIER_UNGROUP)
 | 
						|
		return -1;
 | 
						|
	      
 | 
						|
	      index = i;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	    case QUALIFIER_EQUAL: /* Equivalence class expressions */
 | 
						|
	      {
 | 
						|
		unsigned int j;
 | 
						|
		unsigned int k;
 | 
						|
	    
 | 
						|
		if (internalCollationUnconverted)
 | 
						|
		  {
 | 
						|
		    /* Lazy evaluation of collation array */
 | 
						|
		    TrioGetCollation();
 | 
						|
		    internalCollationUnconverted = FALSE;
 | 
						|
		  }
 | 
						|
		for (i = index + 2; ; i++)
 | 
						|
		  {
 | 
						|
		    if (format[i] == NIL)
 | 
						|
		      /* Error in syntax */
 | 
						|
		      return -1;
 | 
						|
		    else if (format[i] == QUALIFIER_EQUAL)
 | 
						|
		      break; /* for */
 | 
						|
		    else
 | 
						|
		      {
 | 
						|
			/* Mark any equivalent character */
 | 
						|
			k = (unsigned int)format[i];
 | 
						|
			for (j = 0; internalCollationArray[k][j] != NIL; j++)
 | 
						|
			  characterclass[(int)internalCollationArray[k][j]]++;
 | 
						|
		      }
 | 
						|
		  }
 | 
						|
		if (format[++i] != SPECIFIER_UNGROUP)
 | 
						|
		  return -1;
 | 
						|
		
 | 
						|
		index = i;
 | 
						|
	      }
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	    case QUALIFIER_COLON: /* Character class expressions */
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	      if (trio_equal_max(CLASS_ALNUM, sizeof(CLASS_ALNUM) - 1,
 | 
						|
				 &format[index]))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
		    if (isalnum(i))
 | 
						|
		      characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
		  index += sizeof(CLASS_ALNUM) - 1;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else if (trio_equal_max(CLASS_ALPHA, sizeof(CLASS_ALPHA) - 1,
 | 
						|
				      &format[index]))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
		    if (isalpha(i))
 | 
						|
		      characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
		  index += sizeof(CLASS_ALPHA) - 1;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else if (trio_equal_max(CLASS_CNTRL, sizeof(CLASS_CNTRL) - 1,
 | 
						|
				      &format[index]))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
		    if (iscntrl(i))
 | 
						|
		      characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
		  index += sizeof(CLASS_CNTRL) - 1;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else if (trio_equal_max(CLASS_DIGIT, sizeof(CLASS_DIGIT) - 1,
 | 
						|
				      &format[index]))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
		    if (isdigit(i))
 | 
						|
		      characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
		  index += sizeof(CLASS_DIGIT) - 1;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else if (trio_equal_max(CLASS_GRAPH, sizeof(CLASS_GRAPH) - 1,
 | 
						|
				      &format[index]))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
		    if (isgraph(i))
 | 
						|
		      characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
		  index += sizeof(CLASS_GRAPH) - 1;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else if (trio_equal_max(CLASS_LOWER, sizeof(CLASS_LOWER) - 1,
 | 
						|
				      &format[index]))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
		    if (islower(i))
 | 
						|
		      characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
		  index += sizeof(CLASS_LOWER) - 1;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else if (trio_equal_max(CLASS_PRINT, sizeof(CLASS_PRINT) - 1,
 | 
						|
				      &format[index]))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
		    if (isprint(i))
 | 
						|
		      characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
		  index += sizeof(CLASS_PRINT) - 1;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else if (trio_equal_max(CLASS_PUNCT, sizeof(CLASS_PUNCT) - 1,
 | 
						|
				      &format[index]))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
		    if (ispunct(i))
 | 
						|
		      characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
		  index += sizeof(CLASS_PUNCT) - 1;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else if (trio_equal_max(CLASS_SPACE, sizeof(CLASS_SPACE) - 1,
 | 
						|
				      &format[index]))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
		    if (isspace(i))
 | 
						|
		      characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
		  index += sizeof(CLASS_SPACE) - 1;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else if (trio_equal_max(CLASS_UPPER, sizeof(CLASS_UPPER) - 1,
 | 
						|
				      &format[index]))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
		    if (isupper(i))
 | 
						|
		      characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
		  index += sizeof(CLASS_UPPER) - 1;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else if (trio_equal_max(CLASS_XDIGIT, sizeof(CLASS_XDIGIT) - 1,
 | 
						|
				      &format[index]))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS; i++)
 | 
						|
		    if (isxdigit(i))
 | 
						|
		      characterclass[i]++;
 | 
						|
		  index += sizeof(CLASS_XDIGIT) - 1;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  characterclass[(int)ch]++;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    default:
 | 
						|
	      characterclass[(int)ch]++;
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
#endif /* TRIO_EXTENSION */
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	default:
 | 
						|
	  characterclass[(int)ch]++;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioReadNumber
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * We implement our own number conversion in preference of strtol and
 | 
						|
 * strtoul, because we must handle 'long long' and thousand separators.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE BOOLEAN_T
 | 
						|
TrioReadNumber
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS5((self, target, flags, width, base),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   trio_uintmax_t *target,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width,
 | 
						|
	   int base)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_uintmax_t number = 0;
 | 
						|
  int digit;
 | 
						|
  int count;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T isNegative = FALSE;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T gotNumber = FALSE;
 | 
						|
  int j;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->InStream));
 | 
						|
  assert((base >= MIN_BASE && base <= MAX_BASE) || (base == NO_BASE));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (internalDigitsUnconverted)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* Lazy evaluation of digits array */
 | 
						|
      memset(internalDigitArray, -1, sizeof(internalDigitArray));
 | 
						|
      for (j = 0; j < (int)sizeof(internalDigitsLower) - 1; j++)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  internalDigitArray[(int)internalDigitsLower[j]] = j;
 | 
						|
	  internalDigitArray[(int)internalDigitsUpper[j]] = j;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      internalDigitsUnconverted = FALSE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TrioSkipWhitespaces(self);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!(flags & FLAGS_UNSIGNED))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* Leading sign */
 | 
						|
      if (self->current == '+')
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->InStream(self, NULL);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else if (self->current == '-')
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  self->InStream(self, NULL);
 | 
						|
	  isNegative = TRUE;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  count = self->processed;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      switch (base)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	case NO_BASE:
 | 
						|
	case BASE_OCTAL:
 | 
						|
	case BASE_HEX:
 | 
						|
	case BASE_BINARY:
 | 
						|
	  if (self->current == '0')
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      self->InStream(self, NULL);
 | 
						|
	      if (self->current)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  if ((base == BASE_HEX) &&
 | 
						|
		      (trio_to_upper(self->current) == 'X'))
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      self->InStream(self, NULL);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else if ((base == BASE_BINARY) &&
 | 
						|
			   (trio_to_upper(self->current) == 'B'))
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      self->InStream(self, NULL);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	default:
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  while (((width == NO_WIDTH) || (self->processed - count < width)) &&
 | 
						|
	 (! ((self->current == EOF) || isspace(self->current))))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (isascii(self->current))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  digit = internalDigitArray[self->current];
 | 
						|
	  /* Abort if digit is not allowed in the specified base */
 | 
						|
	  if ((digit == -1) || (digit >= base))
 | 
						|
	    break;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else if (flags & FLAGS_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Compare with thousands separator */
 | 
						|
	  for (j = 0; internalThousandSeparator[j] && self->current; j++)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      if (internalThousandSeparator[j] != self->current)
 | 
						|
		break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	      self->InStream(self, NULL);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  if (internalThousandSeparator[j])
 | 
						|
	    break; /* Mismatch */
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    continue; /* Match */
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	break;
 | 
						|
            
 | 
						|
      number *= base;
 | 
						|
      number += digit;
 | 
						|
      gotNumber = TRUE; /* we need at least one digit */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      self->InStream(self, NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Was anything read at all? */
 | 
						|
  if (!gotNumber)
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (target)
 | 
						|
    *target = (isNegative) ? -((trio_intmax_t)number) : number;
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioReadChar
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioReadChar
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((self, target, flags, width),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   char *target,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  char ch;
 | 
						|
  trio_uintmax_t number;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->InStream));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0;
 | 
						|
       (self->current != EOF) && (i < width);
 | 
						|
       i++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      ch = (char)self->current;
 | 
						|
      self->InStream(self, NULL);
 | 
						|
      if ((flags & FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE) && (ch == CHAR_BACKSLASH))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  switch (self->current)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	    case '\\': ch = '\\'; break;
 | 
						|
	    case 'a': ch = '\007'; break;
 | 
						|
	    case 'b': ch = '\b'; break;
 | 
						|
	    case 'f': ch = '\f'; break;
 | 
						|
	    case 'n': ch = '\n'; break;
 | 
						|
	    case 'r': ch = '\r'; break;
 | 
						|
	    case 't': ch = '\t'; break;
 | 
						|
	    case 'v': ch = '\v'; break;
 | 
						|
	    default:
 | 
						|
	      if (isdigit(self->current))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  /* Read octal number */
 | 
						|
		  if (!TrioReadNumber(self, &number, 0, 3, BASE_OCTAL))
 | 
						|
		    return 0;
 | 
						|
		  ch = (char)number;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else if (trio_to_upper(self->current) == 'X')
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  /* Read hexadecimal number */
 | 
						|
		  self->InStream(self, NULL);
 | 
						|
		  if (!TrioReadNumber(self, &number, 0, 2, BASE_HEX))
 | 
						|
		    return 0;
 | 
						|
		  ch = (char)number;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  ch = (char)self->current;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      break;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (target)
 | 
						|
	target[i] = ch;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return i + 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioReadString
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE BOOLEAN_T
 | 
						|
TrioReadString
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((self, target, flags, width),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   char *target,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->InStream));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TrioSkipWhitespaces(self);
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * Continue until end of string is reached, a whitespace is encountered,
 | 
						|
   * or width is exceeded
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0;
 | 
						|
       ((width == NO_WIDTH) || (i < width)) &&
 | 
						|
       (! ((self->current == EOF) || isspace(self->current)));
 | 
						|
       i++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (TrioReadChar(self, (target ? &target[i] : 0), flags, 1) == 0)
 | 
						|
	break; /* for */
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (target)
 | 
						|
    target[i] = NIL;
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioReadWideChar
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_WIDECHAR
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioReadWideChar
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((self, target, flags, width),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   trio_wchar_t *target,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  int j;
 | 
						|
  int size;
 | 
						|
  int amount = 0;
 | 
						|
  trio_wchar_t wch;
 | 
						|
  char buffer[MB_LEN_MAX + 1];
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->InStream));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0;
 | 
						|
       (self->current != EOF) && (i < width);
 | 
						|
       i++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (isascii(self->current))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (TrioReadChar(self, buffer, flags, 1) == 0)
 | 
						|
	    return 0;
 | 
						|
	  buffer[1] = NIL;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /*
 | 
						|
	   * Collect a multibyte character, by enlarging buffer until
 | 
						|
	   * it contains a fully legal multibyte character, or the
 | 
						|
	   * buffer is full.
 | 
						|
	   */
 | 
						|
	  j = 0;
 | 
						|
	  do
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      buffer[j++] = (char)self->current;
 | 
						|
	      buffer[j] = NIL;
 | 
						|
	      self->InStream(self, NULL);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  while ((j < (int)sizeof(buffer)) && (mblen(buffer, (size_t)j) != j));
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      if (target)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  size = mbtowc(&wch, buffer, sizeof(buffer));
 | 
						|
	  if (size > 0)
 | 
						|
	    target[i] = wch;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      amount += size;
 | 
						|
      self->InStream(self, NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return amount;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif /* TRIO_WIDECHAR */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioReadWideString
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_WIDECHAR
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE BOOLEAN_T
 | 
						|
TrioReadWideString
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((self, target, flags, width),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   trio_wchar_t *target,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  int size;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->InStream));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TrioSkipWhitespaces(self);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE)
 | 
						|
  (void)mblen(NULL, 0);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * Continue until end of string is reached, a whitespace is encountered,
 | 
						|
   * or width is exceeded
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0;
 | 
						|
       ((width == NO_WIDTH) || (i < width)) &&
 | 
						|
       (! ((self->current == EOF) || isspace(self->current)));
 | 
						|
       )
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      size = TrioReadWideChar(self, &target[i], flags, 1);
 | 
						|
      if (size == 0)
 | 
						|
	break; /* for */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      i += size;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (target)
 | 
						|
    target[i] = WCONST('\0');
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif /* TRIO_WIDECHAR */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioReadGroup
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * FIXME: characterclass does not work with multibyte characters
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE BOOLEAN_T
 | 
						|
TrioReadGroup
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS5((self, target, characterclass, flags, width),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   char *target,
 | 
						|
	   int *characterclass,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int ch;
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->InStream));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ch = self->current;
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0;
 | 
						|
       ((width == NO_WIDTH) || (i < width)) &&
 | 
						|
       (! ((ch == EOF) ||
 | 
						|
	   (((flags & FLAGS_EXCLUDE) != 0) ^ (characterclass[ch] == 0))));
 | 
						|
       i++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (target)
 | 
						|
	target[i] = (char)ch;
 | 
						|
      self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (target)
 | 
						|
    target[i] = NIL;
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioReadDouble
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * FIXME:
 | 
						|
 *  add long double
 | 
						|
 *  handle base
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE BOOLEAN_T
 | 
						|
TrioReadDouble
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((self, target, flags, width),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t target,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags,
 | 
						|
	   int width)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int ch;
 | 
						|
  char doubleString[512];
 | 
						|
  int index = 0;
 | 
						|
  int start;
 | 
						|
  int j;
 | 
						|
  BOOLEAN_T isHex = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  doubleString[0] = 0;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if ((width == NO_WIDTH) || (width > (int)sizeof(doubleString) - 1))
 | 
						|
    width = sizeof(doubleString) - 1;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TrioSkipWhitespaces(self);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /*
 | 
						|
   * Read entire double number from stream. trio_to_double requires
 | 
						|
   * a string as input, but InStream can be anything, so we have to
 | 
						|
   * collect all characters.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  ch = self->current;
 | 
						|
  if ((ch == '+') || (ch == '-'))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      doubleString[index++] = (char)ch;
 | 
						|
      self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
      width--;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  start = index;
 | 
						|
  switch (ch)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case 'n':
 | 
						|
    case 'N':
 | 
						|
      /* Not-a-number */
 | 
						|
      if (index != 0)
 | 
						|
	break;
 | 
						|
      /* FALLTHROUGH */
 | 
						|
    case 'i':
 | 
						|
    case 'I':
 | 
						|
      /* Infinity */
 | 
						|
      while (isalpha(ch) && (index - start < width))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  doubleString[index++] = (char)ch;
 | 
						|
	  self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      doubleString[index] = NIL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Case insensitive string comparison */
 | 
						|
      if (trio_equal(&doubleString[start], INFINITE_UPPER) ||
 | 
						|
	  trio_equal(&doubleString[start], LONG_INFINITE_UPPER))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (flags & FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      if ((start == 1) && (doubleString[0] == '-'))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  *((trio_long_double_t *)target) = trio_ninf();
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  *((trio_long_double_t *)target) = trio_pinf();
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      if ((start == 1) && (doubleString[0] == '-'))
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  *((double *)target) = trio_ninf();
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  *((double *)target) = trio_pinf();
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      if (trio_equal(doubleString, NAN_UPPER))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* NaN must not have a preceeding + nor - */
 | 
						|
	  if (flags & FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      *((trio_long_double_t *)target) = trio_nan();
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      *((double *)target) = trio_nan();
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case '0':
 | 
						|
      doubleString[index++] = (char)ch;
 | 
						|
      self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
      if (trio_to_upper(ch) == 'X')
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  isHex = TRUE;
 | 
						|
	  doubleString[index++] = (char)ch;
 | 
						|
	  self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  while ((ch != EOF) && (index - start < width))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* Integer part */
 | 
						|
      if (isHex ? isxdigit(ch) : isdigit(ch))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  doubleString[index++] = (char)ch;
 | 
						|
	  self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else if (flags & FLAGS_QUOTE)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Compare with thousands separator */
 | 
						|
	  for (j = 0; internalThousandSeparator[j] && self->current; j++)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      if (internalThousandSeparator[j] != self->current)
 | 
						|
		break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	      self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  if (internalThousandSeparator[j])
 | 
						|
	    break; /* Mismatch */
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    continue; /* Match */
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	break; /* while */
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (ch == '.')
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* Decimal part */
 | 
						|
      doubleString[index++] = (char)ch;
 | 
						|
      self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
      while ((isHex ? isxdigit(ch) : isdigit(ch)) &&
 | 
						|
	     (index - start < width))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  doubleString[index++] = (char)ch;
 | 
						|
	  self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      if (isHex ? (trio_to_upper(ch) == 'P') : (trio_to_upper(ch) == 'E'))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Exponent */
 | 
						|
	  doubleString[index++] = (char)ch;
 | 
						|
	  self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
	  if ((ch == '+') || (ch == '-'))
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      doubleString[index++] = (char)ch;
 | 
						|
	      self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  while (isdigit(ch) && (index - start < width))
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      doubleString[index++] = (char)ch;
 | 
						|
	      self->InStream(self, &ch);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((index == start) || (*doubleString == NIL))
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  doubleString[index] = 0;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (flags & FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *((trio_long_double_t *)target) = trio_to_long_double(doubleString, NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *((double *)target) = trio_to_double(doubleString, NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioReadPointer
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE BOOLEAN_T
 | 
						|
TrioReadPointer
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((self, target, flags),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *target,
 | 
						|
	   trio_flags_t flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_uintmax_t number;
 | 
						|
  char buffer[sizeof(internalNullString)];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  flags |= (FLAGS_UNSIGNED | FLAGS_ALTERNATIVE | FLAGS_NILPADDING);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (TrioReadNumber(self,
 | 
						|
		     &number,
 | 
						|
		     flags,
 | 
						|
		     POINTER_WIDTH,
 | 
						|
		     BASE_HEX))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
       * The strange assignment of number is a workaround for a compiler
 | 
						|
       * warning
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
      if (target)
 | 
						|
	*target = (char *)0 + number;
 | 
						|
      return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else if (TrioReadString(self,
 | 
						|
			  (flags & FLAGS_IGNORE)
 | 
						|
			  ? NULL
 | 
						|
			  : buffer,
 | 
						|
			  0,
 | 
						|
			  sizeof(internalNullString) - 1))
 | 
						|
    {  
 | 
						|
      if (trio_equal_case(buffer, internalNullString))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (target)
 | 
						|
	    *target = NULL;
 | 
						|
	  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioScanProcess
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioScanProcess
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((data, format, parameters),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *data,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_parameter_t *parameters)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE)
 | 
						|
  int charlen;
 | 
						|
  int cnt;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  int assignment;
 | 
						|
  int ch;
 | 
						|
  int index; /* Index of format string */
 | 
						|
  int i; /* Index of current parameter */
 | 
						|
  trio_flags_t flags;
 | 
						|
  int width;
 | 
						|
  int base;
 | 
						|
  trio_pointer_t pointer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assignment = 0;
 | 
						|
  i = 0;
 | 
						|
  index = 0;
 | 
						|
  data->InStream(data, &ch);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE)
 | 
						|
  (void)mblen(NULL, 0);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  while (format[index])
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE)
 | 
						|
      if (! isascii(format[index]))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  charlen = mblen(&format[index], MB_LEN_MAX);
 | 
						|
	  if (charlen != -1)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* Compare multibyte characters in format string */
 | 
						|
	      for (cnt = 0; cnt < charlen - 1; cnt++)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  if (ch != format[index + cnt])
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  data->InStream(data, &ch);
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      continue; /* while characters left in formatting string */
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
#endif /* TRIO_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_MULTIBYTE */
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if ((EOF == ch) && (parameters[i].type != FORMAT_COUNT))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  return (assignment > 0) ? assignment : EOF;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (CHAR_IDENTIFIER == format[index])
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (CHAR_IDENTIFIER == format[index + 1])
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* Two % in format matches one % in input stream */
 | 
						|
	      if (CHAR_IDENTIFIER == ch)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  data->InStream(data, &ch);
 | 
						|
		  index += 2;
 | 
						|
		  continue; /* while format chars left */
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
		return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  /* Skip the parameter entries */
 | 
						|
	  while (parameters[i].type == FORMAT_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
	    i++;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  flags = parameters[i].flags;
 | 
						|
	  /* Find width */
 | 
						|
	  width = parameters[i].width;
 | 
						|
	  if (flags & FLAGS_WIDTH_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* Get width from parameter list */
 | 
						|
	      width = (int)parameters[width].data.number.as_signed;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  /* Find base */
 | 
						|
	  base = parameters[i].base;
 | 
						|
	  if (flags & FLAGS_BASE_PARAMETER)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* Get base from parameter list */
 | 
						|
	      base = (int)parameters[base].data.number.as_signed;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  switch (parameters[i].type)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	    case FORMAT_INT:
 | 
						|
	      {
 | 
						|
		trio_uintmax_t number;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		if (0 == base)
 | 
						|
		  base = BASE_DECIMAL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		if (!TrioReadNumber(data,
 | 
						|
				    &number,
 | 
						|
				    flags,
 | 
						|
				    width,
 | 
						|
				    base))
 | 
						|
		  return assignment;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		if (!(flags & FLAGS_IGNORE))
 | 
						|
		  {
 | 
						|
		    assignment++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		    pointer = parameters[i].data.pointer;
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T) || defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T_UPPER)
 | 
						|
		    if (flags & FLAGS_SIZE_T)
 | 
						|
		      *(size_t *)pointer = (size_t)number;
 | 
						|
		    else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_PTRDIFF_T)
 | 
						|
		    if (flags & FLAGS_PTRDIFF_T)
 | 
						|
		      *(ptrdiff_t *)pointer = (ptrdiff_t)number;
 | 
						|
		    else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
		    if (flags & FLAGS_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
		      *(trio_intmax_t *)pointer = (trio_intmax_t)number;
 | 
						|
		    else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		    if (flags & FLAGS_QUAD)
 | 
						|
		      *(trio_ulonglong_t *)pointer = (trio_ulonglong_t)number;
 | 
						|
		    else if (flags & FLAGS_LONG)
 | 
						|
		      *(long int *)pointer = (long int)number;
 | 
						|
		    else if (flags & FLAGS_SHORT)
 | 
						|
		      *(short int *)pointer = (short int)number;
 | 
						|
		    else
 | 
						|
		      *(int *)pointer = (int)number;
 | 
						|
		  }
 | 
						|
	      }
 | 
						|
	      break; /* FORMAT_INT */
 | 
						|
	      
 | 
						|
	    case FORMAT_STRING:
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_WIDECHAR
 | 
						|
	      if (flags & FLAGS_WIDECHAR)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  if (!TrioReadWideString(data,
 | 
						|
					  (flags & FLAGS_IGNORE)
 | 
						|
					  ? NULL
 | 
						|
					  : parameters[i].data.wstring,
 | 
						|
					  flags,
 | 
						|
					  width))
 | 
						|
		    return assignment;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  if (!TrioReadString(data,
 | 
						|
				      (flags & FLAGS_IGNORE)
 | 
						|
				      ? NULL
 | 
						|
				      : parameters[i].data.string,
 | 
						|
				      flags,
 | 
						|
				      width))
 | 
						|
		    return assignment;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      if (!(flags & FLAGS_IGNORE))
 | 
						|
		assignment++;
 | 
						|
	      break; /* FORMAT_STRING */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case FORMAT_DOUBLE:
 | 
						|
	      {
 | 
						|
		trio_pointer_t pointer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		if (flags & FLAGS_IGNORE)
 | 
						|
		  {
 | 
						|
		    pointer = NULL;
 | 
						|
		  }
 | 
						|
		else
 | 
						|
		  {
 | 
						|
		    pointer = (flags & FLAGS_LONGDOUBLE)
 | 
						|
		      ? (trio_pointer_t)parameters[i].data.longdoublePointer
 | 
						|
		      : (trio_pointer_t)parameters[i].data.doublePointer;
 | 
						|
		  }
 | 
						|
		if (!TrioReadDouble(data, pointer, flags, width))
 | 
						|
		  {
 | 
						|
		    return assignment;
 | 
						|
		  }
 | 
						|
		if (!(flags & FLAGS_IGNORE))
 | 
						|
		  {
 | 
						|
		    assignment++;
 | 
						|
		  }
 | 
						|
		break; /* FORMAT_DOUBLE */
 | 
						|
	      }
 | 
						|
	    case FORMAT_GROUP:
 | 
						|
	      {
 | 
						|
		int characterclass[MAX_CHARACTER_CLASS + 1];
 | 
						|
		int rc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		/* Skip over modifiers */
 | 
						|
		while (format[index] != SPECIFIER_GROUP)
 | 
						|
		  {
 | 
						|
		    index++;
 | 
						|
		  }
 | 
						|
		/* Skip over group specifier */
 | 
						|
		index++;
 | 
						|
		
 | 
						|
		memset(characterclass, 0, sizeof(characterclass));
 | 
						|
		rc = TrioGetCharacterClass(format,
 | 
						|
					   &index,
 | 
						|
					   &flags,
 | 
						|
					   characterclass);
 | 
						|
		if (rc < 0)
 | 
						|
		  return rc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		if (!TrioReadGroup(data,
 | 
						|
				   (flags & FLAGS_IGNORE)
 | 
						|
				   ? NULL
 | 
						|
				   : parameters[i].data.string,
 | 
						|
				   characterclass,
 | 
						|
				   flags,
 | 
						|
				   parameters[i].width))
 | 
						|
		  return assignment;
 | 
						|
		if (!(flags & FLAGS_IGNORE))
 | 
						|
		  assignment++;
 | 
						|
	      }
 | 
						|
	      break; /* FORMAT_GROUP */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case FORMAT_COUNT:
 | 
						|
	      pointer = parameters[i].data.pointer;
 | 
						|
	      if (NULL != pointer)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  int count = data->committed;
 | 
						|
		  if (ch != EOF)
 | 
						|
		    count--; /* a character is read, but is not consumed yet */
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T) || defined(QUALIFIER_SIZE_T_UPPER)
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_SIZE_T)
 | 
						|
		    *(size_t *)pointer = (size_t)count;
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_PTRDIFF_T)
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_PTRDIFF_T)
 | 
						|
		    *(ptrdiff_t *)pointer = (ptrdiff_t)count;
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if defined(QUALIFIER_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_INTMAX_T)
 | 
						|
		    *(trio_intmax_t *)pointer = (trio_intmax_t)count;
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		  if (flags & FLAGS_QUAD)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      *(trio_ulonglong_t *)pointer = (trio_ulonglong_t)count;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else if (flags & FLAGS_LONG)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      *(long int *)pointer = (long int)count;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else if (flags & FLAGS_SHORT)
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      *(short int *)pointer = (short int)count;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		  else
 | 
						|
		    {
 | 
						|
		      *(int *)pointer = (int)count;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      break; /* FORMAT_COUNT */
 | 
						|
	      
 | 
						|
	    case FORMAT_CHAR:
 | 
						|
#if TRIO_WIDECHAR
 | 
						|
	      if (flags & FLAGS_WIDECHAR)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  if (TrioReadWideChar(data,
 | 
						|
				       (flags & FLAGS_IGNORE)
 | 
						|
				       ? NULL
 | 
						|
				       : parameters[i].data.wstring,
 | 
						|
				       flags,
 | 
						|
				       (width == NO_WIDTH) ? 1 : width) == 0)
 | 
						|
		    return assignment;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  if (TrioReadChar(data,
 | 
						|
				   (flags & FLAGS_IGNORE)
 | 
						|
				   ? NULL
 | 
						|
				   : parameters[i].data.string,
 | 
						|
				   flags,
 | 
						|
				   (width == NO_WIDTH) ? 1 : width) == 0)
 | 
						|
		    return assignment;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      if (!(flags & FLAGS_IGNORE))
 | 
						|
		assignment++;
 | 
						|
	      break; /* FORMAT_CHAR */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case FORMAT_POINTER:
 | 
						|
	      if (!TrioReadPointer(data,
 | 
						|
				   (flags & FLAGS_IGNORE)
 | 
						|
				   ? NULL
 | 
						|
				   : (trio_pointer_t *)parameters[i].data.pointer,
 | 
						|
				   flags))
 | 
						|
		return assignment;
 | 
						|
	      if (!(flags & FLAGS_IGNORE))
 | 
						|
		assignment++;
 | 
						|
	      break; /* FORMAT_POINTER */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    case FORMAT_PARAMETER:
 | 
						|
	      break; /* FORMAT_PARAMETER */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    default:
 | 
						|
	      return TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EINVAL, index);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  ch = data->current;
 | 
						|
	  index = parameters[i].indexAfterSpecifier;
 | 
						|
	  i++;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else /* Not an % identifier */
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (isspace((int)format[index]))
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* Whitespaces may match any amount of whitespaces */
 | 
						|
	      ch = TrioSkipWhitespaces(data);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else if (ch == format[index])
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      data->InStream(data, &ch);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    return assignment;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  index++;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return assignment;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioScan
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE int
 | 
						|
TrioScan
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS6((source, sourceSize, InStream, format, arglist, argarray),
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t source,
 | 
						|
	   size_t sourceSize,
 | 
						|
	   void (*InStream) TRIO_PROTO((trio_class_t *, int *)),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list *arglist,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *argarray)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  trio_parameter_t parameters[MAX_PARAMETERS];
 | 
						|
  trio_class_t data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(InStream));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data));
 | 
						|
  data.InStream = InStream;
 | 
						|
  data.location = (trio_pointer_t)source;
 | 
						|
  data.max = sourceSize;
 | 
						|
  data.error = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(USE_LOCALE)
 | 
						|
  if (NULL == internalLocaleValues)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      TrioSetLocale();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  status = TrioParse(TYPE_SCAN, format, parameters, arglist, argarray);
 | 
						|
  if (status < 0)
 | 
						|
    return status;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  status = TrioScanProcess(&data, format, parameters);
 | 
						|
  if (data.error != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      status = data.error;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioInStreamFile
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioInStreamFile
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((self, intPointer),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   int *intPointer)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  FILE *file = (FILE *)self->location;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(file));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  self->current = fgetc(file);
 | 
						|
  if (self->current == EOF)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->error = (ferror(file))
 | 
						|
	? TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_ERRNO, 0)
 | 
						|
	: TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_EOF, 0);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->processed++;
 | 
						|
      self->committed++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (VALID(intPointer))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *intPointer = self->current;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioInStreamFileDescriptor
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioInStreamFileDescriptor
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((self, intPointer),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   int *intPointer)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int fd = *((int *)self->location);
 | 
						|
  int size;
 | 
						|
  unsigned char input;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  size = read(fd, &input, sizeof(char));
 | 
						|
  if (size == -1)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->error = TRIO_ERROR_RETURN(TRIO_ERRNO, 0);
 | 
						|
      self->current = EOF;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->current = (size == 0) ? EOF : input;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (self->current != EOF)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->committed++;
 | 
						|
      self->processed++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (VALID(intPointer))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *intPointer = self->current;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioInStreamCustom
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioInStreamCustom
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((self, intPointer),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   int *intPointer)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_custom_t *data;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->location));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  data = (trio_custom_t *)self->location;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  self->current = (data->stream.in == NULL)
 | 
						|
    ? NIL
 | 
						|
    : (data->stream.in)(data->closure);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (self->current == NIL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->current = EOF;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->processed++;
 | 
						|
      self->committed++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (VALID(intPointer))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *intPointer = self->current;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * TrioInStreamString
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PRIVATE void
 | 
						|
TrioInStreamString
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((self, intPointer),
 | 
						|
	   trio_class_t *self,
 | 
						|
	   int *intPointer)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  unsigned char **buffer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(self->location));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  buffer = (unsigned char **)self->location;
 | 
						|
  self->current = (*buffer)[0];
 | 
						|
  if (self->current == NIL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      self->current = EOF;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      (*buffer)++;
 | 
						|
      self->processed++;
 | 
						|
      self->committed++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (VALID(intPointer))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *intPointer = self->current;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Formatted scanning functions
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 ************************************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(TRIO_DOCUMENTATION)
 | 
						|
# include "doc/doc_scanf.h"
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
/** @addtogroup Scanf
 | 
						|
    @{
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * scanf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
   Scan characters from standard input stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   @param format Formatting string.
 | 
						|
   @param ... Arguments.
 | 
						|
   @return Number of scanned characters.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_scanf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS2((format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
  status = TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)stdin, 0,
 | 
						|
		    TrioInStreamFile,
 | 
						|
		    format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vscanf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((format, args),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)stdin, 0,
 | 
						|
		  TrioInStreamFile,
 | 
						|
		  format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_scanfv
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS2((format, args),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)stdin, 0,
 | 
						|
		  TrioInStreamFile,
 | 
						|
		  format, NULL, args);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * fscanf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_fscanf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS3((file, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    FILE *file,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(file));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
  status = TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)file, 0,
 | 
						|
		    TrioInStreamFile,
 | 
						|
		    format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vfscanf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((file, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   FILE *file,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(file));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)file, 0,
 | 
						|
		  TrioInStreamFile,
 | 
						|
		  format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_fscanfv
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((file, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   FILE *file,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(file));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)file, 0,
 | 
						|
		  TrioInStreamFile,
 | 
						|
		  format, NULL, args);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * dscanf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_dscanf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS3((fd, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    int fd,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
  status = TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)&fd, 0,
 | 
						|
		    TrioInStreamFileDescriptor,
 | 
						|
		    format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vdscanf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((fd, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   int fd,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)&fd, 0,
 | 
						|
		  TrioInStreamFileDescriptor,
 | 
						|
		  format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_dscanfv
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((fd, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   int fd,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)&fd, 0,
 | 
						|
		  TrioInStreamFileDescriptor,
 | 
						|
		  format, NULL, args);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * cscanf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_cscanf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS4((stream, closure, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    trio_instream_t stream,
 | 
						|
	    trio_pointer_t closure,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
  trio_custom_t data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(stream));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
  data.stream.in = stream;
 | 
						|
  data.closure = closure;
 | 
						|
  status = TrioScan(&data, 0, TrioInStreamCustom, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vcscanf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((stream, closure, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   trio_instream_t stream,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t closure,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_custom_t data;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(stream));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  data.stream.in = stream;
 | 
						|
  data.closure = closure;
 | 
						|
  return TrioScan(&data, 0, TrioInStreamCustom, format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_cscanfv
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS4((stream, closure, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   trio_instream_t stream,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t closure,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  trio_custom_t data;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(stream));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  data.stream.in = stream;
 | 
						|
  data.closure = closure;
 | 
						|
  return TrioScan(&data, 0, TrioInStreamCustom, format, NULL, args);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * sscanf
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_sscanf
 | 
						|
TRIO_VARGS3((buffer, format, va_alist),
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *buffer,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	    TRIO_VA_DECL)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int status;
 | 
						|
  va_list args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(buffer));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_START(args, format);
 | 
						|
  status = TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)&buffer, 0,
 | 
						|
		    TrioInStreamString,
 | 
						|
		    format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
  TRIO_VA_END(args);
 | 
						|
  return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_vsscanf
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((buffer, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *buffer,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   va_list args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(buffer));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)&buffer, 0,
 | 
						|
		  TrioInStreamString,
 | 
						|
		  format, &args, NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC int
 | 
						|
trio_sscanfv
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS3((buffer, format, args),
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *buffer,
 | 
						|
	   TRIO_CONST char *format,
 | 
						|
	   trio_pointer_t *args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(buffer));
 | 
						|
  assert(VALID(format));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TrioScan((trio_pointer_t)&buffer, 0,
 | 
						|
		  TrioInStreamString,
 | 
						|
		  format, NULL, args);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** @} End of Scanf documentation module */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************************************
 | 
						|
 * trio_strerror
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
TRIO_PUBLIC TRIO_CONST char *
 | 
						|
trio_strerror
 | 
						|
TRIO_ARGS1((errorcode),
 | 
						|
	   int errorcode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  /* Textual versions of the error codes */
 | 
						|
  switch (TRIO_ERROR_CODE(errorcode))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case TRIO_EOF:
 | 
						|
      return "End of file";
 | 
						|
    case TRIO_EINVAL:
 | 
						|
      return "Invalid argument";
 | 
						|
    case TRIO_ETOOMANY:
 | 
						|
      return "Too many arguments";
 | 
						|
    case TRIO_EDBLREF:
 | 
						|
      return "Double reference";
 | 
						|
    case TRIO_EGAP:
 | 
						|
      return "Reference gap";
 | 
						|
    case TRIO_ENOMEM:
 | 
						|
      return "Out of memory";
 | 
						|
    case TRIO_ERANGE:
 | 
						|
      return "Invalid range";
 | 
						|
    case TRIO_ECUSTOM:
 | 
						|
      return "Custom error";
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return "Unknown";
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 |